EP2312969A2 - Cosmetic heat treatment method - Google Patents

Cosmetic heat treatment method

Info

Publication number
EP2312969A2
EP2312969A2 EP09740365A EP09740365A EP2312969A2 EP 2312969 A2 EP2312969 A2 EP 2312969A2 EP 09740365 A EP09740365 A EP 09740365A EP 09740365 A EP09740365 A EP 09740365A EP 2312969 A2 EP2312969 A2 EP 2312969A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
composition
weight
oil
mol
equal
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP09740365A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Philippe Ilekti
Xavier Blin
Béatrice Toumi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
LOreal SA
Original Assignee
LOreal SA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by LOreal SA filed Critical LOreal SA
Publication of EP2312969A2 publication Critical patent/EP2312969A2/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/89Polysiloxanes
    • A61K8/896Polysiloxanes containing atoms other than silicon, carbon, oxygen and hydrogen, e.g. dimethicone copolyol phosphate
    • A61K8/899Polysiloxanes containing atoms other than silicon, carbon, oxygen and hydrogen, e.g. dimethicone copolyol phosphate containing sulfur, e.g. sodium PG-propyldimethicone thiosulfate copolyol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q1/00Make-up preparations; Body powders; Preparations for removing make-up
    • A61Q1/02Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments
    • A61Q1/04Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments for lips
    • A61Q1/06Lipsticks
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D40/00Casings or accessories specially adapted for storing or handling solid or pasty toiletry or cosmetic substances, e.g. shaving soaps or lipsticks
    • A45D40/08Casings or accessories specially adapted for storing or handling solid or pasty toiletry or cosmetic substances, e.g. shaving soaps or lipsticks with provision for sieves or shaping parts for sticks ends
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/81Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/81Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/8105Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/81Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/8123Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a halogen; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers, e.g. PVC, PTFE
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/81Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/8141Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • A61K8/8152Homopolymers or copolymers of esters, e.g. (meth)acrylic acid esters; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D2200/00Details not otherwise provided for in A45D
    • A45D2200/15Temperature
    • A45D2200/155Heating or cooling means, i.e. for storing or applying cosmetic products at a predetermined temperature
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D40/00Casings or accessories specially adapted for storing or handling solid or pasty toiletry or cosmetic substances, e.g. shaving soaps or lipsticks
    • A45D40/18Casings combined with other objects
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D40/00Casings or accessories specially adapted for storing or handling solid or pasty toiletry or cosmetic substances, e.g. shaving soaps or lipsticks
    • A45D40/20Pencil-like cosmetics; Simple holders for handling stick-shaped cosmetics or shaving soap while in use
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2800/00Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
    • A61K2800/80Process related aspects concerning the preparation of the cosmetic composition or the storage or application thereof
    • A61K2800/88Two- or multipart kits
    • A61K2800/884Sequential application

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the application of a cosmetic product to human keratin materials, especially the skin or the lips.
  • the invention relates more particularly to the application of a product (also called “composition”) initially in the form of a piece of solid product (also called “product mass”), in particular stick (also called “grape”). or “stick”).
  • a product also called “composition”
  • product mass also called “product mass”
  • stick also called “grape”
  • stick stick
  • the present invention also relates to solid cosmetic compositions for the makeup and / or care of the skin and / or lips, providing a shiny effect.
  • Lipsticks have been packaged for a long time into sticks for direct application to the lips.
  • the formulation of the lipstick must meet the requirements of a mechanical part to ensure the sliding and holding of the stick during application and prevent it from breaking and of other hand of transfer to guarantee a comfortable application as well as a sufficient deposit and of good quality on the lips.
  • the application US 2004 / 0,096,258 discloses a device for packaging and applying a lipstick which comprises a vibration generator and a heat generator.
  • the vibration generator makes it possible to perform a massage action with a hot surface.
  • the application EP 1 595 472 A2 discloses a device for reshaping the application surface of a product contained in a body, comprising an electrical resistance. Heat is generally considered detrimental to the mechanical strength of a rod-shaped product and it has been proposed in US 4,393,975 a refrigeration device for protecting the rod heat.
  • the publication US 2008 / 0,143,214 discloses a packaging device comprising a hood covered with a heating wire, for heating a depilatory wax stick or a lipstick.
  • the sensory aspect is very important for products packaged in sticks, because the user is only in contact with the product during application, especially for lipsticks, and the performance improvement in terms of shine and holding can not be done without respecting this sensory aspect.
  • the object of the invention is precisely to propose a new mode of make-up and / or care making it possible to satisfy all the aforementioned requirements.
  • the present invention relates to a process for makeup and / or non-therapeutic care of human keratin materials non-fibrous materials, in particular the skin, the mucous membranes or the nails, in which a surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition having a temperature-sensitive dynamic coefficient of friction is brought into contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device, greater than or equal to 0.5 at 25 ° C., more preferably greater than or equal to 0.6 at 25 ° C., so as to heat said piece locally so as essentially to soften only said outer surface and to lower its coefficient dynamic friction method, wherein the outer surface of the composition thus heated is then applied to the region to be treated, and in particular makeup, said composition being different from a composition in the form of a stick of red lipstick.
  • diameter 12.7 mm in particular defined as follows, the quantities being expressed as percentage by weight:
  • the piece of composition may be in continuous contact with or near the heater and may be activated prior to application of the composition to raise the temperature of the outer surface of the composition piece. Alternatively, the piece of composition is brought into contact or proximity of the heater for use, for the application of the composition.
  • the composition considered according to the invention comprises at least 10% by weight of glossy oil (s), said glossy oil being a hydrocarbon or silicone oil with a molecular mass greater than or equal to 400 g / mol.
  • the present invention relates to a process for making and / or non-therapeutic care of human non-fibrous keratin materials, in particular the skin, the mucous membranes or the nails, comprising at least the steps consisting in: bringing into contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device an outer surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition so as to heat said piece in a localized manner so as essentially to soften only said outer surface, in particular with a view to lowering it dynamic coefficient of friction, and - then apply the outer surface of the composition thus heated to the region to be treated, and in particular makeup, said composition comprising a content greater than or equal to 10% by weight of oil (s) brilliant (s) ) relative to the total weight of the composition, said glossy oil being a hydrocarbon or silicone oil of higher molecular weight is equal to 400 g / mol.
  • the method is a makeup process.
  • the composition considered according to the invention comprises at least one hydrocarbon-based glossy oil in combination with less than 40% or even less than 30% by weight of a fluid oil, said fluid oil having in particular a lower molecular weight at 400 g / mol.
  • the softened outer surface is brought into direct contact with the region to be treated, and in particular with keratin materials.
  • the invention relates to a kit comprising: a composition as defined above, and - A heating device for locally heating a surface of a piece of said composition, the composition being in particular in the form of a rod with a diameter other than 12.7 mm.
  • the term solid especially at ambient temperature (for example at 20 ° C.), means a composition of high consistency which retains its shape during storage, in particular which does not flow under its own weight.
  • the outer surface may be defined as the end thereof.
  • the invention can be used to heat the surface just before application, for example the top of the bevel of a lipstick rod made with a composition according to the invention, to allow the deposit, and this even if the rod contains compounds unsuitable for satisfactory cold application, these compounds providing increased performance in terms of strength and / or gloss.
  • by warming the surface of the stick it is possible to improve its sliding and therefore its application on the lips or the skin.
  • the solid composition advantageously has a hardness of greater than or equal to 80 Nm -1 at 20 ° C., better still greater than or equal to 100 Nm -1 , or even 120 Nm -1 at 20 ° C., which makes the rod resistant on the plane mechanical and allows its packaging for example in a conventional case having two parts rotatable relative to each other to move the stick.
  • the dynamic coefficient of friction may be, at the temperature at which the composition is heated, less than or equal to 0.45, more preferably 0.4.
  • the dynamic coefficient of friction that is greater than or equal to 0.5 at 25 ° C. can thus become, for example, less than or equal to 0.45 at 45 ° C., that is to say reach a value comparable to certain reds at known lips intended for application at 25 ° C.
  • the invention can be applied to a stick of texture product such that its cold application is difficult and / or comprising glossy application polymers without virtually impossible or unpleasant heating.
  • a product stick For such a product stick, the application after heating becomes possible, with higher gloss performance.
  • the invention makes it possible to condition a composition in the form of a rod, for example of diameter greater than or equal to 7 mm, preferably of relatively large diameter, for example greater than or equal to 10 mm, and for example less than or equal to 50 mm, without problems of holding or transfer of the product, because the structuring compounds introduced, annoying for a cold application, are less when the temperature increases.
  • the product may be a product to be applied to the lips, such as a lipstick or a lip gloss.
  • the products concerned by the invention are however not limited to make-up products, and the invention also relates to non-therapeutic skincare products.
  • the product can be heated in various ways, for example by being exposed to infrared radiation or radio radiation.
  • the product can be further heated by blowing hot air, being exposed to ultrasonic vibrations or by heat transfer in contact with or near a hot surface, which for example bears radially against the outer surface, particularly end of the stick.
  • the hot surface may also bear axially against the outer surface, in particular the end of the stick.
  • the hot surface may have a shape of bevel, inverted cone or concave hollow, including spherical.
  • the hot surface can be traversed by the piece of product, including the stick and have for this purpose an annular shape.
  • the piece of product may be in the form of a stick, the hot surface coming for example in contact with or facing the end face of the stick.
  • the heating may take place only at the end of the stick, the hot surface not coming, for example, not cover the side surface of the stick.
  • the piece of product can be initially molded into the desired shape, for example rod-shaped, without any reinforcement, such as conventional lipstick sticks, or on a frame and / or a gripping part, being supported for example at end of a stem.
  • the product can be heated while the piece of product is completely contained in a packaging device. When applying, the user may not come into contact with his product fingers.
  • the product can be heated while the piece of product is at least partially exposed to ambient air.
  • the outer surface of the product may be heated to a temperature Tf greater than or equal to 40 ° C., or even greater than 45 ° C. or even greater than 50 ° C.
  • the outer surface may be heated to a temperature Tf of between 40 ° C. and 95 0 C, more preferably 45 0 C to 85 0 C, more preferably 45 0 C to 75 0 C.
  • the temperature of the application surface, in particular the end of the stick must not involve a risk of burning at the time of the application. This is why a waiting time between the moment when the end is heated and the application to the keratin materials may possibly be necessary.
  • the temperature difference between the heated outer surface and the portion of the product which remains solid may be greater than or equal to 5 ° C., better still greater than or equal to 15 ° C. or 20 ° C., at least at the beginning of the application, even greater than 30 ° C.
  • the piece of product may be secured, during the application, a base portion comprising a mechanism for moving the mass of product relative to a gripping surface of the base portion by the user, including a mechanism comprising two pieces rotating relative to each other.
  • the outer surface softened by the heater may be supported by the piece of solid cosmetic composition at the time of application.
  • the softened outer surface may be otherwise supported after transfer to a support for application. It is thus possible, in one embodiment of the invention, to heat the product and to take it off with an applicator or a finger to apply it to the skin or the lips.
  • the piece of product may be contained in a cup, and it comes to heat the upper surface of the product present in the cup.
  • the heating device may remain integral or not with the piece of solid cosmetic composition at the time of application of the softened outer surface on human keratin materials.
  • the invention further relates, in another of its aspects, to a device for packaging and applying a product in the form of a solid piece, in particular a stick, comprising:
  • a support for said piece of solid product having an outer surface, in particular an end;
  • a heating device integral with or capable of being secured to the packaging and application device, in contact with or capable of being brought into contact with or in the vicinity of said outer surface in order to heat said piece in a localized manner, with a view to essentially softening only said outer surface, for example to a depth of 0.5 mm to 5 mm, more preferably 0.5 mm to 2 mm.
  • the heat is not transmitted to the application surface from the heart of the piece of product, but from the outside.
  • the product may advantageously have, as mentioned above, a coefficient of dynamic friction greater than or equal to 0.5 at 25 ° C., more preferably 0.6 at 25 ° C.
  • the heating device may be housed in a closing cap of the support , so as to heat the outer surface with the hood in place on the support.
  • the heating device can also be housed elsewhere than in a closure cap of the support.
  • the heating device can be housed in a housing on which the support can be engaged so that heating can take place when the support is engaged in the housing, in particular a housing having an opening in which the piece of solid product can to be engaged, preferably without the entire support being disposed inside the housing.
  • the heating device may be integral with the packaging and application device.
  • the heater may be arranged to engage the outer surface.
  • the heating device may be arranged to be traversed by the piece of product, including a hot surface of annular shape.
  • the heater may include control means to allow the user to control its operation. This control means may comprise a switch present on the support or on a closure cover of the support.
  • the heater may include an electrical resistor for heating a surface that can contact or be near the application surface.
  • the heating device may comprise an infrared emitter arranged to subject the application surface to infrared light in order to heat it, and a radio-frequency emission means for raising the temperature of the outer surface, a blower to blow hot air on the outer surface or a source of ultrasound to warm the outer surface.
  • the heating device may also comprise at least two components capable of producing, when mixed, an exothermic reaction.
  • the piece of product may be rod-shaped and the outer surface defined by the end of the stick.
  • the heating device may comprise a source of electrical energy comprising one or more batteries or accumulators.
  • the heater may include a user operated electric generator.
  • the heating device may comprise means for heating the piece of composition to a predetermined temperature, despite wear of said piece.
  • This means may comprise an elastically deformable member, which provides contact or a constant separation between the outer surface to be heated and the heating device, compensating for the wear of the piece of composition.
  • These means may also include, where appropriate, a temperature sensor that adjusts the heating power, for example increase if the outer surface is further away from the heat source.
  • Another subject of the invention is, according to another of its aspects, a process for making and / or non-therapeutic care of non-fibrous human keratin materials, in particular the skin, the mucous membranes or the nails, comprising the steps of: - heating in contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device an outer surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition having a hardness greater than or equal to 80 Nm "1 so as to heat said piece in a localized manner, apply the thus heated composition on the area to be treated, including make-up.
  • the good carriage movement is ensured thanks to a rigid link to the movable cross member of a tensile and compression machine (TAXT2 from Rheo) placed in a horizontal position by a magnet fixed to the rear of the carriage.
  • TAXT2 tensile and compression machine
  • the product S whose dynamic coefficient of friction is to be evaluated is cut at one end with a 250 ⁇ m diameter tungsten wire by moving the wire relative to the stick at a speed of 100 mm / min and perpendicular to its longitudinal axis so as to have a flat contact surface parallel to the sliding surface W.
  • a normal force Fn is applied to the sliding surface W by means of a weight. This weight is such that the pressure exerted on the surface of the product S in contact with W is 7.9 ⁇ 10 -3 MPa.
  • the product can be in the form of a cylindrical rod of revolution.
  • the stick In the case where the cross section of the rod is not circular, the stick is slid in the direction of the minor axis of its section, moving the major axis parallel to itself.
  • the coefficient of friction is defined as the ratio of the tangential force Ft applied to the body set in motion in the direction M to the normal force Fn experienced by the same body, as illustrated in FIG. 15.
  • the tangential force increases to reach a maximum that corresponds to the setting in motion of the system.
  • the tangential force Ft then decreases to generally reach a more stable regime.
  • the coefficient of friction is a dimensionless quantity, function of the two surfaces in contact and the conditions of contact.
  • the sliding surface is defined by the artificial skin, reference "BIO SKIN Plate Black K275" from MACREPOS, of width equal to or greater than that of the section of the stick. For a measurement at 25 ° C., all the apparatus and the composition are
  • the artificial skin is placed on a support that can be heated to the temperature at which it is desired to measure the coefficient of dynamic friction.
  • the artificial skin thus heated for example at 45 ° C., if the measurement is to be carried out at 45 ° C., is applied to the stick initially at a temperature of 25 ° C.
  • the surface temperature of the artificial skin can be controlled. with an optical thermometer.
  • the dynamic friction coefficient of a composition according to the invention is greater than or equal to 0.6 or 0.7 or 0.8, at 25 0 C.
  • the coefficient of dynamic friction at 25 0 C compositions according to the invention may be less than or equal to 5.
  • the stick may have a diameter of 12.7 mm at its area of contact with the sliding surface, but other values are possible, ranging for example from 7 mm to 50 mm.
  • the invention is advantageously applied to relatively hard compositions at room temperature and which under the action of heat become sufficiently soft to be applicable.
  • the hardness can be measured at 20 ° C. by the so-called "butter-cutting thread” method, which consists in transversely cutting a stick of product, preferably cylindrical of revolution, with the aid of a rigid tungsten wire. 250 ⁇ m diameter by moving the wire relative to the stick at a speed of 100mm / min.
  • the hardness corresponds to the maximum shear force exerted by the wire on the stick at 20 ° C., this force being measured by means of a DFGHS 2 dynamometer from Indelco-Chatillon. The measurement is repeated three times and averaged.
  • the average of the three values read using the dynamometer mentioned above, denoted Y, is given in grams. This average is converted to Newton and divided by L which represents the highest dimension traversed by the wire. In the case of a cylindrical stick, L is equal to the diameter in meters.
  • the entire stick is heated to the temperature at which the hardness is to be measured.
  • the hardness at 20 ° C. of examples of composition according to one aspect of the invention is greater than 80 Nm "1 in particular greater than 100 Nm, preferably greater than 120 Nm " 1 .
  • a composition of the invention is cosmetically or dermatologically acceptable, ie contains a physiologically acceptable non-toxic medium that can be applied to the lips of humans.
  • cosmetically acceptable is meant in the sense of the invention a composition of appearance, smell and pleasant touch, suitable for use in cosmetics.
  • the cosmetic compositions considered according to the invention also contain at least one coloring agent.
  • this definition covers any organic or inorganic material capable of providing a colored and / or optical effect.
  • the compositions according to the invention may advantageously comprise at least 30% by weight of a fatty phase relative to the total weight of a composition, in particular at least 50% by weight, or even at least 70% in weight.
  • the compositions according to the invention comprise a fatty phase containing at least 5%, in particular at least 7% and in particular at least 10% by weight of solid fatty substance (s) relative to the total weight. of the fatty phase, or even at least 20% by weight, or at least 30% by weight.
  • solid characterizes the state of the composition at ambient temperature (25 ° C.) and at atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg).
  • the oil may be chosen from all cosmetically acceptable oils, in particular mineral, vegetable and synthetic oils; in particular the hydrocarbon oils and / or silicone and / or fluorinated, volatile or non-volatile and mixtures thereof.
  • silicon oil means an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and in particular at least one Si-O group.
  • fluorinated oil means an oil comprising at least one fluorine atom. More precisely, the term “hydrocarbon-based oil” means an oil comprising mainly carbon and hydrogen atoms and optionally one or more functional groups chosen from hydroxyl, ester, ether and carboxylic functions.
  • composition according to the invention advantageously contains at least one glossy oil.
  • brilliant oil according to the invention is understood to mean a hydrocarbon or silicone oil with a molecular mass greater than 400 g / mol or even
  • this glossy oil may have a molar mass ranging from 400 to 10,000 g / mol, in particular from 650 to 10,000 g / mol and more particularly ranging from 650 to 5,000 g / mol.
  • a composition comprises a sufficient amount of glossy oil (s) to provide at least one gloss-like makeup performance.
  • a composition according to the invention may comprise a content of oil (s)) brilliant (s) ranging from 10 to 80%, for example from 15 to 70% by weight, preferably from 20 to 60% and even more preferably from 25 to 60% by weight, or even 30 to 60% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • This shiny oil can be polar or apolar.
  • This glossy oil is advantageously an oil chosen from high molecular weight oils having, in particular, a molar mass ranging from 500 to 10,000 g / mol, in particular from 500 to 8000 g / mol and more particularly from 550 to 7500 g / mol. g / mol.
  • the glossy oil has a refractive index greater than or equal to 1.45 and in particular ranging from 1.45 to 1.6.
  • the gloss oil is preferably a non-volatile oil.
  • lipophilic polymers such as:
  • R 1 represents a diol dimer residue obtained by hydrogenation of Dilinoleic acid
  • R 2 is a radical of hydrogenated dilinoleic diacid
  • the hydrocarbon glossy oil may also be a hydroxylated fatty acid triglyceride oligomer and saturated diacid.
  • Such an oligomer is obtained by reacting a hydroxylated fatty acid triglyceride (such as hydrogenated castor oil) and a saturated diacid.
  • a hydroxylated fatty acid triglyceride such as hydrogenated castor oil
  • the diacid is said to be saturated when the hydrocarbon chain constituting it does not contain unsaturation, namely carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the term "diacid” means a hydrocarbon compound comprising two carboxyl functions -COOH.
  • the diacid may be a single diacid or a mixture of several diacids.
  • the oligomer may be a mixture of several oligomers.
  • saturated diacids that may be used, mention may be made of sebacic acid (or 1,10-decanedioic acid), succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, octadecamethylene dicarboxylic acid and eicosadicarboxylic acid. .
  • the oligomer may be an oligoester whose monomers are represented by the following formulas (A) of triglyceride and (B) diacid:
  • R 1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched alkylene group comprising, for example, from 1 to 18 carbon atoms
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched comprising for example 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R 1 preferably represents a group - (CH 2 ) D-, where n can vary from 1 to 20 and in particular from 3 to 16, for example from 6 to 12;
  • R 2 preferably represents a group - (CH 2 ) m CH 3, where m can vary from 0 to 11 and in particular from 2 to 11, for example from 3 to 9;
  • Xi is a linear or branched alkylene group such as, for example, a linear alkylene group - (CH 2 ) X -, where x can vary from 1 to 30 and especially from 3 to 15. When the diacid is sebacic acid, x is equal to 8.
  • the average degree of polymerization of the oligomer can vary between 3 and 12.
  • the oligoester hydrogenated castor oil and sebacic acid is marketed by the company CRODA under different names depending on the degree of polymerization.
  • the glossy oil may also be an oil chosen from silicone oils such as polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMS); phenyl silicones such as phenyl trimethicones (such as phenyl trimethicone sold under the trade name
  • silicone oils such as polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMS); phenyl silicones such as phenyl trimethicones (such as phenyl trimethicone sold under the trade name
  • it is a hydrocarbon oil.
  • the invention makes it possible to limit the use of these fluid oils in compositions requiring the presence of glossy oil (s).
  • fluid oil designates an oil having a molecular mass of less than 400 g / mol, and in particular ranging from 100 to 390 g / mol.
  • This oil can be volatile or not.
  • This oil can be hydrocarbon or silicone.
  • volatile oil means an oil capable of evaporating on contact with the skin or keratin fiber in less than one hour at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure.
  • the volatile oils of the invention are volatile cosmetic oils which are liquid at ambient temperature and have a non-zero vapor pressure at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure, in particular from 0.13 Pa to 40,000 Pa (10 -3 to 300 mmHg), in particular ranging from 1.3 Pa to 13 000 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 10 mmHg). ).
  • non-volatile oil means an oil remaining on the skin or the keratin fiber at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure for at least several hours and in particular having a vapor pressure of less than 10 " mmHg (0.13 Pa).
  • a composition according to the invention may comprise less than 2% or even less than 1% of volatile oil or is completely free of volatile oil.
  • a fluid oil that can be used in the invention, mention may be made of: volatile hydrocarbon oils chosen from hydrocarbon-based oils having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms, and especially branched C 8 -C 16 alkanes such as isoalkanes in Cs-Ci 6 of petroleum origin (also called isoparaffins) such as isododecane (also called 2,2,4,4,6-pentamethylheptane), isodecane, isohexadecane, and for example the oils sold under them.
  • volatile hydrocarbon oils chosen from hydrocarbon-based oils having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms, and especially branched C 8 -C 16 alkanes such as isoalkanes in Cs-Ci 6 of petroleum origin (also called isoparaffins) such as isododecane (also called 2,2,4,4,6-pentamethylheptane
  • volatile hydrocarbon oils such as petroleum distillates, in particular those sold under the name Shell SoIt by Shell, may also be used; volatile silicones, for example volatile linear or cyclic silicone oils, especially those having a viscosity ⁇ 8 centistokes (8 10 ⁇ 6 m 2 / s), and having in particular from 2 to 6 silicon atoms, these silicones optionally comprising alkyl or alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • volatile silicone oil that may be used in the invention, mention may be made in particular of octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, heptamethyloctyltrisiloxane, hexamethyl disiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane and decamethyltetrasiloxane; synthetic esters, especially of fatty acids, such as the oils of formula R1COOR2 in which R1 represents the residue of a linear or branched higher fatty acid containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms and R 2 represents a hydrocarbon chain, in particular branched, containing 1 at 30 carbon atoms with R 1 + R 2 ⁇ 30 such as, for example, purcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isononyl isononanoate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, alcohol benzoate -C 2 -C 15, hexyl laurate, diisopropyl adip
  • liquid alcohol with a branched and / or unsaturated carbon chain containing from 8 to 26 carbon atoms such as oleic alcohol, linoleic alcohol or linolenic, isostearyl alcohol or octyl dodecanol as marketed under the trade name Eutanol G® by Cognis;
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid; - carbonates; acetates; citrates; silicone oils such as polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMS); and their mixtures.
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxanes
  • a composition according to the invention comprises less than 30% by weight, advantageously less than 25% by weight, and more particularly less than 20% by weight of fluid oil (s), and in particular linear (or branched) hydrocarbon (s) and / or branched-chain and / or unsaturated carbon-chain liquid fatty alcohol having 8 to 26 carbon atoms.
  • compositions containing at least one glossy oil may contain less than 30% by weight, in particular less than 20% by weight of fluid oil (s) relative to total weight of the composition.
  • compositions containing at least one glossy oil can comprise it in a glossy oil (s) / fluid oil (s) weight ratio greater than 0.5; especially greater than 1.
  • a composition according to the invention therefore comprises at least one fatty phase, for example at least 20% by weight, in particular at least 30% by weight, in particular at least 40% by weight, or even at less than 60% by weight relative to its total weight.
  • This phase may contain at least one solid fatty substance chosen from waxes and pasty compounds.
  • the fatty phase generally comprises at least one oil and / or at least one wax.
  • a composition according to the invention may also contain one or more solid fatty substances, especially at a content of at least 5% by weight, in particular at least 10% by weight relative to its total weight.
  • These solid fatty substances may be chosen from waxes, pasty compounds and mixtures thereof.
  • the wax considered in the context of the present invention is generally a lipophilic compound, solid at room temperature (25 ° C.), with reversible solid / liquid state change, having a melting point greater than or equal to 30 ° C.
  • 0 C can go up to 200 0 C and in particular up to 120 0 C.
  • depilatory waxes are excluded, as waxes suitable for the implementation of the invention.
  • the waxes that are suitable for the invention may have a melting point greater than or equal to 45 ° C., and in particular greater than or equal to 55 ° C.
  • the melting temperature corresponds to the temperature of the most endothermic peak observed in thermal analysis (DSC) as described in ISO 11357-3; 1999.
  • the melting point of the wax can be measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), for example the calorimeter sold under the name "MDSC 2920" by the company TA Instruments.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • a sample of 5 mg of wax placed in a crucible is subjected to a first temperature rise ranging from -20 ° C. to 100 ° C., at the heating rate of
  • the waxes that may be used in the compositions according to the invention are chosen from waxes, solid, at room temperature of animal, vegetable, mineral or synthetic origin, and mixtures thereof.
  • Illustrative waxes suitable for the invention include hydrocarbon-based waxes such as beeswax, lanolin wax, and Chinese insect waxes, rice bran wax, coconut wax and the like.
  • hydrocarbon-based waxes such as beeswax, lanolin wax, and Chinese insect waxes, rice bran wax, coconut wax and the like.
  • waxes obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of animal or vegetable oils having linear or branched C8-C32 fatty chains there may also be mentioned waxes obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of animal or vegetable oils having linear or branched C8-C32 fatty chains.
  • isomerized jojoba oil such as trans isomerized partially hydrogenated jojoba oil manufactured or marketed by the company.
  • silicone waxes C30-45 ALKYL DIMETHICONE
  • fluorinated waxes C30-45 ALKYL DIMETHICONE
  • waxes obtained by hydrogenation of castor oil esterified with cetyl alcohol sold under the names Phytowax ricin 16L64 and 22L73 ® ® by Sophim. Such waxes are described in application FR-A-2792190.
  • a C20-C40 alkyl (hydroxystearyloxy) stearate (the alkyl group comprising from 20 to 40 carbon atoms), alone or in admixture, can be used.
  • a wax is especially sold under the names "Kester Wax K 82 P ® ", "Hydroxypolyester K 82 P ® “ and “Kester Wax K 80 P ® “, and “Kester Wax K 82 H ® " by the company Koster Keunen.
  • microwaxes which can be used in the compositions according to the invention, mention may be made especially of carnauba microwaxes, such as that sold under the name MicroCare 350 ® by the company MICRO POWDERS, the micro synthetic wax such as that sold under the name MicroEase 114S ® by the company MICRO POWDERS, the micro waxes consisting of a mixture of carnauba wax and polyethylene wax such as those sold under the names Micro Care 300 ® and 310 ® by the company MICRO POWDERS, microwaxes consisting of a mixture of carnauba wax and synthetic wax such as that sold under the name micro Care 325 ® by the company mICRO POWDERS, the micro waxes of polyethylene such as those sold under the names Micropoly 200 ®, 220 ® , 220L ® and 250S ® by the company MICRO POWDERS and the polytetraf micro waxes luoroethylene such as those sold under the names Microslip 519 ®
  • 0.1 to 50% by weight in particular from 0.1 to 45% by weight, for example 2 to 35% by weight, 4 to 30% by weight, or according to some embodiments from 4 to 15% by weight. weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • composition according to the invention may also comprise at least one pasty compound.
  • the term "pasty” is understood to mean a lipophilic fat compound with a reversible solid / liquid state change, having in the solid state an anisotropic crystalline organization and comprising at a temperature of 23 ° C. a liquid fraction. and a solid fraction.
  • the starting melting temperature of the pasty compound may be less than 23 ° C.
  • the liquid fraction of the pasty compound measured at 23 ° C. may represent 9 to 97% by weight of the compound.
  • This liquid fraction at 23 ° C. preferably represents between 15 and 85%, more preferably between 40 and 85% by weight.
  • the liquid fraction by weight of the pasty compound at 23 ° C. is equal to the ratio of the enthalpy of fusion consumed at 23 ° C. on the heat of fusion of the pasty compound.
  • the heat of fusion of the pasty compound is the enthalpy consumed by the compound to pass from the solid state to the liquid state.
  • the pasty compound is said to be in the solid state when the entirety of its mass is in solid form.
  • the pasty compound is said to be in a liquid state when all of its mass is in liquid form.
  • the enthalpy of fusion of the pasty compound is equal to the area under the curve of the thermogram obtained using a differential scanning calorimeter (DS C), such as the calorimeter sold under the name MDSC 2920 by the company TA instrument, with a rise in temperature of 5 or 10 0 C per minute, according to the standard ISO 11357-3: 1999.
  • DS C differential scanning calorimeter
  • the enthalpy of fusion of the pasty compound is the amount of energy required to pass the compound from the solid state to the liquid state. It is expressed in J / g.
  • the enthalpy of fusion consumed at 23 ° C. is the amount of energy absorbed by the sample to change from the solid state to the state that it exhibits at 23 ° C., consisting of a liquid fraction and a liquid fraction. solid fraction.
  • the liquid fraction of the pasty compound measured at 32 ° C. preferably represents from 30 to 100% by weight of the compound, preferably from 50 to 100%, more preferably from 60 to 100% by weight of the compound.
  • the temperature of the end of the melting range of the pasty compound is less than or equal to 32 ° C.
  • the liquid fraction of the pasty compound measured at 32 ° C. is equal to the ratio of the enthalpy of fusion consumed at 32 ° C. on the heat of fusion of the pasty compound.
  • the heat of fusion consumed at 32 ° C. is calculated in the same way as the heat of fusion consumed at 23 ° C.
  • the pasty compound is preferably chosen from synthetic compounds and compounds of plant origin. A pasty compound can be obtained synthetically from starting materials of plant origin.
  • the pasty compound may advantageously be chosen from: i) lanolin and its derivatives, ii) polymeric or non-polymeric silicone compounds, iii) polymeric or non-polymeric fluorinated compounds, iv) vinyl polymers, in particular:
  • linear or branched oligomers homo or copolymers of alkyl (meth) acrylates preferably having a C 8 -C 30 alkyl group,
  • homo- and copolymer oligomers of vinyl ethers having C8-C30 alkyl groups liposoluble polyethers resulting from polyetherification between one or more C2-C100, preferably C2-C50 diols; v) esters, vi) and their mixtures.
  • esters of an oligomeric glycerol in particular the esters of diglycerol, in particular the condensates of adipic acid and of glycerol, for which part of the hydroxyl groups of the glycerols have reacted with a mixture of fatty acids such as stearic acid, capric acid, stearic acid and isostearic acid and 12-hydroxystearic acid, especially in the form of polyacyladipate-2 bis diglyceryl, especially as marketed under the brand Softisan 649 ® by the company Sasol,
  • non-crosslinked polyesters resulting from the polycondensation between a linear or branched C 4 -C 50 dicarboxylic acid or polycarboxylic acid and a C2-C50 diol or polyol,
  • esters resulting from the esterification of an aliphatic acid and of a hydroxylated aliphatic ester may result from the esterification of: aliphatic monocarboxylic or polycarboxylic acid, and b) a hydroxylated aliphatic ester, especially a hydroxy carboxylic acid ester,
  • diol dimer and diacid dimer esters if appropriate, esterified on their (their) functional (s) alcohol (s) or acid (s) free (s) by acidic radicals or alcohols such as bis-behenyl / isostearyl / phytosteryl dimer dilinoleyl especially sold under the trade name Plandool-G ® by the company Nippon Fine Chemical,
  • the vinylpyrrolidone / eicosene copolymer, the bis-behenyl / isostearyl / phytosteryl dimeric dilinoleyl, the bis-diglyceryl polyacyladipate-2, the hydrogenated castor oil dimer dilinoleate, for example the RISOCAST-DA will preferably be chosen.
  • -L sold by KOKYU ALCOHOL KOGYO
  • hydrogenated castor oil isostearate for example SALACOS HCIS (VL) sold by NISSHIN OIL or their mixture.
  • the composition comprises a total pasty fat content greater than 5% by weight, especially 10% by weight, or even 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • the content of pasty fatty substance may range from 5 to 80% by weight, in particular from 20 to 80% by weight, or even in certain embodiments from 35 to 80% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition. .
  • compositions may also comprise at least one additional polymer.
  • compositions according to the invention may contain an additional polymer, which may or may not be film-forming.
  • the term "polymeric film" a polymer capable of forming alone or in the presence of an auxiliary filtering agent, a macroscopically continuous deposition on keratin materials.
  • the composition may comprise an aqueous phase and the additional polymer may be present in this aqueous phase. In this case it will preferably be a dispersion polymer or an amphiphilic or associative polymer.
  • dispersed polymer is meant unsubstituted polymers in water present in the form of particles of variable size.
  • the polymer may be crosslinked or not.
  • the average particle size is typically between 25 and 500 nm, preferably between 50 and 200 nm.
  • aqueous dispersion polymers can be used: Ultrasol 2075 from Ganz Chemical, Daitosol 5000AD from Daito Kasei, Avalon UR 450 from Noveon, DYNAMX from National Starch, Syntran 5760 from Interpolymer, Acusol OP 301 from Rohm & Haas, Neocryl A 1090 from Avecia.
  • Neocryl XK-90 ® The acrylic dispersions sold under the names Neocryl XK-90 ®, Neocryl A-1070 ®, Neocryl A-1090 ®, Neocryl BT-62 ®, Neocryl A-1079 and Neocryl ® A-523 ® by the company Avecia-Neoresins, Dow Latex 432 ® by the company DOW CHEMICAL, Daitosol 5000 AD ® or Daitosol 5000 SJ ® by the company DAITO KASEY KOGYO; Syntran 5760 ® by the company Interpolymer, Soltex OPT by the company Rohm & Haas, aqueous dispersions of acrylic or styrene / acrylic polymers sold under the trade name Joncryl ® by the company Johnson Polymer, or the aqueous dispersions of polyurethane sold under the names Neorez R-981 ® and Neorez R-974 ® by the company Avecia-Neoresins, Avalure
  • amphiphilic or associative polymers polymers having one to several hydrophilic moieties which render them partially soluble in water and one or more hydrophobic moieties through which the polymers associate or interact.
  • the following associative polymers may be used: Nuvis FX1100 from Elementis, Aculyn 22, Aculyn 44, Aculyn 46 from Rohm & Haas, Viscophobe DB 1000 from Amerchol.
  • the diblock copolymers consisting of a hydrophilic block (polyacrylate, polyethylene glycol) and a hydrophobic block (polystyrene, polysiloxane, can also be used.
  • the composition may comprise an oily phase and the film-forming polymer may be present in this oily phase. The polymer may then be in dispersion or in solution.
  • non-aqueous dispersions of lipo-dispersible film-forming polymer in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles in one or more silicone and / or hydrocarbon oils and which can be stabilized at their surface by at least one stabilizing agent, in particular a block polymer, grafted or statistical, mention may be made of acrylic dispersions in isododecane, such as
  • Mexomère PAP ® from the company Chimex, the dispersions of particles of a grafted ethylenic polymer, preferably acrylic, in a liquid fatty phase, the ethylenic polymer being advantageously dispersed in the absence of additional stabilizer at the surface of the particles as described in particular in WO 04/055081.
  • radical-forming polymeric polymer is understood to mean a polymer obtained by polymerization of unsaturated monomers, in particular ethylenic monomers, each monomer being capable of homopolymerizing (unlike polycondensates).
  • the radical-type polymeric polymers may in particular be polymers, or copolymers, vinylic, especially acrylic polymers.
  • Vinyl-based polymer polymers may result from the polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomers having at least one acid group and / or esters of these acidic monomers and / or amides of these acidic monomers.
  • ⁇ , ⁇ -ethylenic unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid. It is preferable to use (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid, and more preferably (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the acidic monomer esters are advantageously chosen from esters of (meth) acrylic acid (also called (meth) acrylates), in particular alkyl (meth) acrylates, in particular C 1 -C 30 alkyl (meth) acrylates. preferably C 1 -C 20 ,
  • (meth) acrylates of aryl in particular of C 6 -C 10 aryl, hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates, in particular of hydroxy C 2 -C 6 alkyl.
  • the film-forming polymer may be chosen from block and random polymers and / or copolymers comprising in particular polyurethanes, polyacrylics, silicones, fluorinated polymers, butyl gums, copolymers of ethylene, natural gums and polyvinyl alcohols and their mixtures.
  • Vinyl-based polymer polymers may also result from the homopolymerization or copolymerization of monomers selected from vinyl esters and styrenic monomers.
  • vinyl esters examples include vinyl acetate, vinyl neodecanoate, vinyl pivalate, vinyl benzoate and vinyl t-butyl benzoate.
  • Styrenic monomers include styrene and alpha-methyl styrene.
  • thermoplastic polycondensates mention may be made of polyurethanes, polyesters, polyester amides, polyamides, and epoxy ester resins, polyureas.
  • the polyurethanes may be chosen from anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric polyurethanes, polyurethane-acrylics, poly-urethanes-polyvinylpyrrolidones, polyester-polyurethanes, polyether-polyurethanes, polyureas, polyurea-polyurethanes, and their polyurethanes. mixtures.
  • the polyesters can be obtained, in a known manner, by poly-condensation of dicarboxylic acids with polyols, especially diols.
  • the film-forming polymer may be a polymer solubilized in a liquid fatty phase comprising organic oils or solvents (it is said that the film-forming polymer is a liposoluble polymer).
  • the liquid fatty phase comprises a volatile oil, optionally mixed with a non-volatile oil.
  • a fat-soluble polymer mention may be made of vinyl ester copolymers (the vinyl group being directly connected to the oxygen atom of the ester group and the vinyl ester having a saturated hydrocarbon radical, linear or branched, from 1 to 19 carbon atoms, linked to the carbonyl ester group) and from at least one other monomer which may be a vinyl ester (different from the vinyl ester already present), an ⁇ -olefin (having from 8 to 28 carbon atoms), an alkylvinyl ether (the alkyl group of which
  • copolymers may be crosslinked using crosslinking agents which may be of the vinyl type, or of the allyl or methallyl type, such as tetraallyloxyethane, divinylbenzene, divinyl octanedioate, divinyl dodecanedioate, and octadecanedioate. divinyl.
  • crosslinking agents which may be of the vinyl type, or of the allyl or methallyl type, such as tetraallyloxyethane, divinylbenzene, divinyl octanedioate, divinyl dodecanedioate, and octadecanedioate. divinyl.
  • liposoluble polymeric polymers examples include vinyl ester copolymers and at least one other monomer which may be a vinyl ester, especially vinyl neodecanoate, vinyl benzoate and vinyl t-butyl benzoate, an olefin, an alkyl vinyl ether, or an allylic or methallyl ester.
  • liposoluble polymeric polymers of fat-soluble copolymers, and in particular those resulting from the copolymerization of vinyl esters having from 9 to 22 carbon atoms or of alkyl acrylates or methacrylates, the alkyl radicals having from 10 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Such liposoluble copolymers may be chosen from copolymers of vinyl polycrystearate, vinyl polystearate crosslinked with divinylbenzene, diallyl ether or diallyl phthalate, copolymers of poly (meth) acrylate of stearyl, of vinyl polylaurate. , poly (meth) acrylate lauryl, these poly (meth) acrylates can be crosslinked using dimethacrylate ethylene glycol or tetraethylene glycol.
  • the liposoluble copolymers defined above are known and in particular described in application FR-A-2 232 303; they can have a weight average molecular weight ranging from 2,000 to 500,000 and preferably from 4,000 to 200,000.
  • Liposoluble polymeric polymers that can be used in the invention also include polyalkylenes, and especially copolymers of C2-C20 alkenes, such as polybutene, alkylcelluloses with a linear or branched alkyl radical, saturated or otherwise unsaturated, such as ethylcellulose and propylcellulose.
  • the composition according to the invention may comprise a plasticizer promoting the formation of a film with the film-forming polymer.
  • a plasticizer may be chosen from all compounds known to those skilled in the art as being capable of performing the desired function.
  • compositions in accordance with the invention may also comprise a silicone resin.
  • resin means a compound whose structure is three-dimensional.
  • sicone resins is also referred to as “silicone resins” or “siloxane resins”.
  • a polydimethylsiloxane is not a silicone resin.
  • silicone resins also called siloxane resins or silicone resins
  • MDTQ silicone resins
  • the letter “D” signifies a Difunctional unit R1R2SiO2 / 2 in which the silicon atom is connected to two oxygen atoms
  • T represents a trifunctional unit of formula RlSi ⁇ 3 / 2.
  • R 1, namely R 1, R 2 and R 3 represents a hydrocarbon radical (in particular alkyl) having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or else a group hydroxyl.
  • the letter "Q" signifies a tetrafunctional SiO4 / 2 unit in which the silicon atom is bonded to four oxygen atoms, themselves linked to the rest of the polymer.
  • silicone resins of different properties can be obtained from these different units, the properties of these polymers varying according to the type of monomers (or units), the nature and the number of the radical R, the length of the polymer chain , the degree of branching and the size of the hanging chains.
  • silicone resins that can be used in the compositions according to the invention, silicone resins of the MQ, T type or MQT type can be used, for example.
  • solid silicone resins of the MQ type of trimethylsiloxysilicate type that may be mentioned are those sold under the reference SR1000 by the company General Electric, under the reference TMS 803 by the company Wacker, under the name “KF-7312J” by the company Shin -Etsu, "DC 749", “DC 593” by Dow Corning.
  • silicone resins comprising MQ siloxysilicate units
  • phenylalkylsiloxysilicate resins such as phenylpropyldimethylsiloxysilicate (Silshine 151 marketed by the company General Electric). The preparation of such resins is described in particular in US5817302.
  • T resins By way of example of T-type silicone resins, mention may be made of polysilsesquioxanes of formula (RSiO 3/2) x (T units) in which x is greater than 100 and such that the R group is an alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, said polysilsesquioxanes may further comprise Si-OH end groups.
  • the polymethylsilsesquioxane resins in which R represents a methyl group can be used, for example those marketed:
  • Resin MK such as Belsil PMS MK: polymer comprising repeating units CH 3 SiO 3/2 (T units), which can also comprise up to 1% by weight of units (CH 3) 2 SiO 2 / 2 (D units) and having an average molecular weight of about 10,000 g / mol, or - by SHIN-ETSU under the references KR-220L which are composed of T units of formula CH3Si ⁇ 3 / 2 and have terminal groups Si-OH (silanol), under the reference KR-242A which comprise 98% of T units and 2% of dimethyl D units and have Si-OH end groups or else under the reference KR-251 comprising 88% of T units and 12% dimethyl D units and have Si-OH end groups.
  • Resin MK such as Belsil PMS MK: polymer comprising repeating units CH 3 SiO 3/2 (T units), which can also comprise up to 1% by weight of units (CH 3) 2 SiO 2 / 2 (D units) and having an average molecular weight of
  • MQT resins are MQT-propyl resins (also called MQTPr).
  • MQTPr MQT-propyl resins
  • the MQ-T-propyl resin preferably comprises the units: (ii) (R2 2 Si0 2/2 ) b and
  • the siloxane resin comprises the units:
  • R1 being preferably a methyl group and R3 being preferably a propyl group, a being between 0.05 and 0.5, preferably between 0.15 and 0.4, c being greater than zero, preferably between 0.15 and 0.4, d being between 0.05 and 0.6, preferably between 0.2 and 0.6, or between
  • siloxane resins that can be used according to the invention can be obtained by a process comprising the reaction of: A) an MQ resin comprising at least 80 mol% of units (R13SiOi / 2) a and
  • R1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a carbinol group or an amino group, a and d being greater than zero, the ratio a / d being between 0.5 and 1.5; and of
  • T propyl resin comprising at least 80 mole% of units (R 3 SiO 3/2) c, R 3 representing an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a carbinol group or an amino group , c being greater than zero, with the proviso that at least 40 mol% of the R 3 groups are propyl groups, in which the mass ratio A / B is between 95: 5 and 15:85, preferably the mass ratio A / B is 30:70.
  • the mass ratio A / B is between 95: 5 and 15:85.
  • the ratio A / B is less than or equal to 70:30. These preferred ratios have been found to allow comfortable deposits.
  • the siloxane resin when it is present, is present in the composition in a total resin solids content ranging from 3% to 40% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, preferably ranging from From 4% to 30% by weight, and more preferably from 4% to 25% by weight.
  • composition according to the invention may also advantageously comprise at least one semi-crystalline polymer with an organic structure whose melting temperature is greater than or equal to 30 ° C.
  • the total amount of semi-crystalline polymer (s) ) represents
  • composition 0.1 to 45% of the total weight of the composition, and more preferably from 0.5 to 40%, for example from 1 to 35% by weight, and still more preferably from 1 to 20%, or even from 3 to 30%, 5 to 30%, or even 15 to 30%. Preferably, it represents from 2% to 10% by weight of the composition.
  • polymers means compounds comprising at least 2 repeating units, preferably at least 3 repeating units and more especially at least 10 repeating units.
  • the term "semi-crystalline polymer” is intended to mean polymers comprising a crystallizable part and an amorphous part and having a first-order reversible phase change temperature, in particular melting (solid-liquid transition). .
  • the crystallizable portion is either a side chain (or pendant chain) or a sequence in the backbone.
  • the crystallizable portion of the semi-crystalline polymer is a sequence of the polymer backbone
  • this crystallizable block is of a different chemical nature from that of the amorphous sequences;
  • the semicrystalline polymer is in this case a block copolymer, for example of the diblock, triblock or multiblock type.
  • the crystallizable portion is a chain pendant to the backbone
  • the semi-crystalline polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
  • organic compound or "organic structure” means compounds containing carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms and optionally heteroatoms such as S, O, N, P alone or in combination.
  • the melting temperature of the semicrystalline polymer is preferably less than 150 ° C.
  • the melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably greater than or equal to 30 ° C. and less than 100 ° C. More preferably, the melting point of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably greater than or equal to 30 ° C. and less than 70 ° C.
  • the semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention used are solids at ambient temperature (25 ° C.) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg), the melting point of which is greater than or equal to 30 ° C.
  • the values of melting point correspond to the melting point measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DS C), such as the calorimeter sold under the name DSC 30 by the company METTLER, with a temperature rise of 5 or 10 0 C per minute. (The melting point considered is the point corresponding to the temperature of the most endothermic peak of the thermogram).
  • the semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention preferably have a melting point higher than the temperature of the keratinous support intended to receive said composition, in particular the skin or the lips.
  • the semicrystalline polymers are advantageously soluble in the fatty phase, especially at least 1% by weight, at a temperature above their melting point.
  • the sequences of the polymers are amorphous.
  • chain or crystallizable block is meant, in the sense of the invention, a chain or sequence which, if it were alone, would pass from the amorphous state to the crystalline state, reversibly, depending on whether it is above or below below the melting temperature.
  • a chain within the meaning of the invention is a group of atoms, during or lateral to the backbone of the polymer.
  • a sequence is a group of atoms belonging to the backbone, a group constituting one of the repeating units of the polymer.
  • the polymer backbone of the semi-crystalline polymers is soluble in the fatty phase at a temperature above their melting point.
  • the crystallizable sequences or chains of the semicrystalline polymers represent at least 30% of the total weight of each polymer and better still at least 40%.
  • Crystallizable side-chain semi-crystalline polymers are homo or copolymers.
  • the semicrystalline polymers of the invention with crystallizable sequences are copolymers, sequential or multisequenced. They can be obtained by polymerization of monomer with reactive (or ethylenic) double bonds or by polycondensation.
  • the polymers of the invention are crystallizable side chain polymers, the latter are advantageously in random or statistical form.
  • the semi-crystalline polymers of the invention are of synthetic origin.
  • the semi-crystalline polymer is chosen from: homopolymers and copolymers comprising units resulting from the polymerization of one or more monomers bearing hydrophobic side chain (s) crystallizable (s) )
  • copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis.
  • the semicrystalline polymers that may be used in the invention may be chosen in particular from: block copolymers of polyolefins with controlled crystallization, the monomers of which are described in EP-A-0 951 897,
  • polycondensates and in particular of polyester, aliphatic or aromatic or aliphatic / aromatic type,
  • homopolymers or copolymers carrying at least one crystallizable side chain and homopolymers or polymers bearing in the backbone at least one crystallizable block such as those described in US-A-5, 156, 911,
  • the one or more side chains or crystallizable blocks are hydrophobic.
  • homopolymers or copolymers comprising from 50 to 100% by weight of units resulting from the polymerization of one or more monomers bearing hydrophobic crystallizable side chain.
  • homo- or co-polymers are of any kind as long as they have the conditions indicated below with in particular the characteristic of being soluble or dispersible in the fatty phase, by heating above their melting temperature. They can result from: - the radical polymerization of one or more monomers with double (s) reactive bond (s) or ethylenic vis-à-vis a polymerization, namely a vinyl group, (meth) ) acrylic or allylic.
  • the crystallizable units (chains or sequences) of the semicrystalline polymers according to the invention come from monomer (s) with a sequence (s) or crystallizable chain (s), used for the manufacture of semi-crystalline polymers.
  • These polymers are chosen in particular from homopolymers and copolymers resulting from the polymerization of at least one crystallizable chain monomer (s) which may be represented by the formula X: M
  • Crystallizable "-SC” chains may be aliphatic or aromatic, optionally fluorinated or perfluorinated.
  • C represents in particular a group (CH 2 ) D linear or branched or cyclic, with n integer ranging from 12 to 40.
  • n integer ranging from 12 to 40.
  • C is a linear group.
  • S and C are different.
  • the crystallizable chains are aliphatic hydrocarbon chains, they comprise hydrocarbon alkyl chains containing at least 12 carbon atoms and at most 40 carbon atoms and better still at most 24 carbon atoms. They are in particular aliphatic chains or alkyl chains having at least 12 carbon atoms and preferably they are C14-C24 alkyl chains, preferably C16-C22 chains. In the case of alkyl chains fluorinated or perfluorinated, they contain at least 11 carbon atoms of which at least 6 carbon atoms are fluorinated.
  • the crystallizable hydrocarbon and / or fluorinated chains as defined above are borne by a monomer which may be a diacid, a diol, a diamine or a diisocyanate.
  • polymers which are the subject of the invention are copolymers, they contain, in addition, from 0 to 50% of groups Y which is a polar or non-polar monomer or a mixture of both:
  • Y is a polar monomer, it is either a monomer bearing polyoxyalkylene groups (in particular oxyethylenated and / or oxypropylene), a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, (meth) acrylamide, a alkyl (meth) acrylamide, an N, N-dialkyl (meth) acrylamide, for example NN-diisopropylacrylamide or N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinyl caprolactam, a monomer carrying at least one carboxylic acid group; like acids (Meth) acrylic, crotonic, itaconic, maleic, fumaric or bearing a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride, and mixtures thereof.
  • a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, (meth) acrylamide, a alkyl (meth
  • Y is a non-polar monomer it can be an ester of the type
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate a vinyl ester, an alkyl vinyl ether, an alpha-olefin, styrene or styrene substituted with an alkyl group
  • C 1 -C 10 such as ⁇ -methylstyrene, a vinyl-unsaturated polyorganosiloxane macromonomer.
  • alkyl is meant in the sense of the invention a saturated group including Cs to C24, except express mention.
  • the semicrystalline crystallizable side chain polymers are homopolymers of alkyl (meth) acrylate or of alkyl (meth) acrylamide with an alkyl group as defined above, and in particular at C14-C24, copolymers these monomers with a hydrophilic monomer preferably of different nature from (meth) acrylic acid such as N-vinylpyrrolidone or hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and mixtures thereof.
  • the crystallizable side chain semi-crystalline polymer (s) have a weight average molecular weight Mw ranging from 5,000 to 1,000,000, preferably from 10,000 to 800,000, preferably from 15,000 to 500,000, of preferably 100 000 to 200 000.
  • Intelimer ® products from Landec described in the brochure "Intelimer ® polymers", Landec IP22 (Rev. 4-97). These polymers are in solid form at ambient temperature (25 ° C.). They carry crystallizable side chains and have the above formula X.
  • Intelimer ® IPA 13-1 from Landec, which is a stearyl polyacrylate with a molecular weight of about 145,000 and whose melting temperature is equal to 49 ° C.
  • the semicrystalline polymers may especially be those described in Examples 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 of US Pat. No. 5,156,911 and more particularly of the copolymerization:
  • acrylic acid and pentadecylacrylate in a 1/19 ratio acrylic acid, hexadecylacrylate, ethyl acrylate in a ratio of 2.5: 76.5: 20,
  • the semicrystalline polymers may in particular be semi-crystalline crystalline pendant chain polymers containing fluorinated groups as described in Examples 1, 4, 6, 7 and 8 of document WO-A-01/19333.
  • Semicrystalline polymers obtained by copolymerization of stearyl acrylate and acrylic acid or NVP as described in US-A-5,519,063 or EP-A-0 550 745 can also be used.
  • polymers which are soluble or dispersible in the fatty phase by heating above their melting point M.sub.p.
  • These polymers are especially block copolymers consisting of at least two sequences of different chemical nature, one of which is crystallizable.
  • the polymer carrying at least one crystallizable block in the backbone may be chosen from block copolymers of olefin or cycloolefin with a crystallizable chain, such as those resulting from the sequential polymerization of:
  • cyclobutene cyclohexene, cyclooctene, norbornene (i.e., bicyclo (2,2,1) heptene-2), 5-methylnorbornene, 5-ethylnorbornene, 5,6-dimethylnorbornene,
  • the polymer carrying at least one crystallizable block in the backbone may be chosen from copolymers having at least one crystallizable block, the rest of the copolymer being amorphous (at room temperature). These copolymers may, in addition, have two crystallizable blocks of different chemical nature.
  • the preferred copolymers are those which have at both room temperature, a crystallizable block and a lipophilic amorphous sequence sequentially distributed. Mention may be made, for example, of polymers having one of the crystallizable blocks and one of the following amorphous blocks:
  • polyester type such as poly (alkylene terephthalate), or polyolefin type such as polyethylenes or polypropylenes.
  • Amorphous and lipophilic sequence such as amorphous polyolefins or copoly (olefins) such as poly (isobutylene), hydrogenated polybutadiene, hydrogenated poly (isoprene).
  • crystallizable block and amorphous block copolymers mention may be made of: ⁇ ) poly ( ⁇ -caprolactone) -b-poly (butadiene) block copolymers, preferably used in hydrogenation, such as those described in article D6 "Melting behavior of poly (-caprolactone) -block-polybutadiene copolymers" of S. Nojima, Macromolecules, 32, 3727-3734 (1999).
  • ⁇ ) block or multiblocked hydrogenated poly (butylene terephthalate) -b-poly (isoprene) block copolymers cited in article D7 "Study of morphological and mechanical properties of PP / PBT" by B.
  • the polyester polycondensates may be chosen from aliphatic polyesters. Their molecular mass is preferably greater than or equal to 200 and less than or equal to 10,000, and more preferably greater than or equal to 300 and less than or equal to 5000, preferably greater than or equal to 500 and greater than or equal to
  • the polyester polycondensates are in particular chosen from polycaprolactones.
  • the polycaprolactones may be chosen from homopolymers of ⁇ -caprolactones.
  • the homopolymerization can be initiated with a diol, in particular a diol having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as diethylene glycol,
  • polycaprolactones especially those marketed under the name CAPA 240 (mp 68 ° C. and molecular weight 4000), 223 (mp 48 ° C. and molecular weight 2000), may be used.
  • CAPA 2125 can be used, the melting point of which is between 35 and 45 ° C. and the molecular weight of which is equal to 1250.
  • the semi-crystalline polymers of the composition of the invention may or may not be partially crosslinked when the degree of crosslinking does not interfere with their dissolution or dispersion in the fatty phase by heating above their melting point. It may then be a chemical crosslinking, by reaction with a multifunctional monomer during the polymerization. It can also be a physical crosslinking which can then be due either to the establishment of hydrogen or dipolar type bonds between groups carried by the polymer, for example the dipolar interactions between carboxylate ionomers, these interactions being in small quantities and carried by the backbone of the polymer; or at a phase separation between the crystallizable blocks and the amorphous blocks carried by the polymer.
  • the semi-crystalline polymers of the composition according to the invention are uncrosslinked.
  • the semi-crystalline polymer of the composition of the invention may also be a polymer obtained by metallocene catalysis, such as those described in US Patent 2007/0031361 whose content is incorporated by reference.
  • These polymers are copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis, that is to say by polymerization at low pressure and in the presence of a metallocene catalyst.
  • the weight average mass (Mw) of these copolymers obtained by metallocene catalysis described in this document is less than or equal to 25,000 g / mol, it ranges, for example, from 2,000 to 22,000 g / mol and better still from 4,000 to 20,000 g / mol. 000 g / mol.
  • the number average mass (Mn) of these copolymers obtained by metallocene catalysis described herein is preferably less than or equal to 15,000 g / mol, it ranges, for example, from 1,000 to 12,000 g / mol, and better still from 2 to 000 to 10,000 g / mol.
  • the polydispersity index I of the polymer is equal to the ratio of the weight average mass Mw to the number average mass Mn.
  • the polydispersity index of the copolymers is between 1.5 and 10, preferably between 1.5 and 5, preferably between 1.5 and 3 and better still, between 2 and 2.5.
  • copolymers can be obtained in a known manner from ethylene and / or propylene monomers, for example by metallocene catalysis according to the process described in document EP 571 882, the contents of which are incorporated by reference.
  • the copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis can be unmodified or "polar" modified (polar modified, that is to say modified so that they have polar groupings).
  • the polar-modified copolymers can be prepared in a known manner from homopolymers and unmodified copolymers such as those described above by oxidation with oxygen-containing gases, such as air, or by grafting with polar monomers such as maleic acid or acrylic acid or derivatives of these acids.
  • the copolymers of ethylene and / or propylene prepared by polarized and especially preferred metallocene catalysis are the modified polymers so that they exhibit hydrophilic properties.
  • hydrophilic groups such as maleic anhydride, acrylate, methacrylate, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), etc.
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • Homopolymers or copolymers of ethylene and / or propylene modified by the presence of hydrophilic groups such as maleic anhydride or acrylate are particularly preferred.
  • PPMA maleic anhydride modified polypropylene polymers
  • Clariant polypropylene-ethylene-maleic anhydride copolymers
  • LicoCare name as LicoCare PP207 LP3349
  • LicoCare CM401 LP3345 LicoCare CA301 LP 3346
  • LicoCare CA302 LP 3347 examples of: maleic anhydride modified polypropylene polymers (PPMA) marketed by Clariant or polypropylene-ethylene-maleic anhydride copolymers, such as those marketed by Clariant under the name LicoCare name as LicoCare PP207 LP3349, LicoCare CM401 LP3345, LicoCare CA301 LP 3346, and LicoCare CA302 LP 3347.
  • a polished polymer having a low degree of crystallinity, preferably less than 40%.
  • composition according to the present invention may further comprise other structuring agents than the wax as defined above.
  • Agent is understood structuring a compound capable of increasing the viscosity of the composition incorporating it.
  • the structuring agent makes it possible in particular to obtain a composition that can present a texture ranging from fluid to solid textures.
  • organophilic clays such as hectorites modified with a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride, such as hectorite modified with di-stearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride such as, for example , that sold under the name Bentone 38V ® by Elementis.
  • pyrogenic silicas such as pyrogenic silicas optionally treated hydrophobic on the surface, the particle size of which is less than 1 ⁇ m. It is indeed possible to chemically modify the surface of the silica, by chemical reaction generating a decrease in the number of silanol groups present on the surface of the silica. In particular, it is possible to substitute silanol groups with hydrophobic groups: a hydrophobic silica is then obtained.
  • the hydrophobic groups may be: 1. trimethylsiloxyl groups, which are especially obtained by treatment of fumed silica in the presence of hexamethyldisilazane.
  • Silicas thus treated are named "Silica Silylate" according to the CTFA (8 th edition, 2000). They are for example marketed under the references Aerosil R812 ® by Degussa, CAB-O-SIL TS-530 ® by the company Cabot;
  • Dimethylsilyloxyl or polydimethylsiloxane groups which are especially obtained by treating fumed silica in the presence of polydimethylsiloxane or dimethyldichlorosilane.
  • Silicas thus treated are called “Silica dimethyl silylate” according to the CTFA (8th edition, 2000). They are for example marketed under the references Aerosil R972®, and Aerosil R974® by the company DEGUSSA, CAB-O-SIL TS-610® and CAB-O-SIL TS-720® by CABOT.
  • alkyl guar gums such as those described in EP-A-708 114, or for example cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose such as that sold under the name Ethocel ® by the company DOW CHEMICAL;
  • Hydrocarbon block copolymers also known as block copolymers, preferably a block copolymer which is soluble or dispersible in a liquid fatty phase.
  • the hydrocarbon block copolymer may in particular be a diblock, triblock, multiblock, radial or star copolymer, or mixtures thereof.
  • hydrocarbon block copolymers are described in US-A-2002/005562 and in US-A-5,221,534.
  • diblock copolymer preferably hydrogenated
  • Diblock polymers are sold under the name Kraton ® by the company G1701E
  • triblock copolymer preferably hydrogenated
  • styrene, styrene-butadiene-styrene copolymers styrene-butadiene-styrene copolymers.
  • Triblock polymers are sold under the names Kraton Gl 650 ®, Kraton ® G 1652, Kraton ® DI lOl, Kraton ® Dl 102, Kraton Dl 160 ® by the company Kraton Polymers. - and their mixtures.
  • Such other structuring agents may be included in the composition according to the invention in a content of between 0.5% and 20% by weight, in particular between 0.5% and 10% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition. composition.
  • compositions according to the invention may advantageously contain a coloring agent which may be chosen from water-soluble or liposoluble dyes, pigments, pearlescent agents and mixtures thereof.
  • the composition according to the invention may further comprise one or more dyestuffs chosen from water-soluble dyes and pulverulent dyestuffs such as pigments, nacres and flakes well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the dyestuffs may be present in the composition in a certain ranging from 0.01% to 50% by weight, relative to the weight of the composition, preferably from 0.01% to 30% by weight, and in particular from 0.05% to 25% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • pigment is intended to mean white or colored particles, mineral or organic, insoluble in an aqueous solution, intended to color and / or opacify the resulting film.
  • the pigments may be present in a proportion of from 0.01 to 20% by weight, especially from 0.01 to 15% by weight, and in particular from 0.02 to 10% by weight, relative to the total weight of the cosmetic composition.
  • inorganic pigments that can be used in the invention, mention may be made of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide or cerium oxide, as well as zinc, iron or chromium oxides, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue and the like. chromium hydrate.
  • a pigment is marketed for example under the reference COVERLEAF NS or JS by CHEMICALS AND CATALYSTS.
  • the coloring material may also comprise a pigment having a structure which may be, for example, silica microspheres containing iron oxide.
  • a pigment having this structure is that marketed by MIYOSHI under the reference PC BALL PC-LL-100P, this pigment consisting of silica microspheres containing yellow iron oxide.
  • nacres it is necessary to include colored particles of any shape, iridescent or not, in particular produced by certain shellfish in their shell or else synthesized and which exhibit a color effect by optical interference.
  • the nacres can be chosen from pearlescent pigments such as titanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide, titanium mica coated with a dye.
  • pearlescent pigments such as titanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide, titanium mica coated with a dye.
  • organic and pearlescent pigments based on bismuth oxychloride. He can also be mica particles on the surface of which are superimposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and / or organic dyestuffs.
  • nacres of natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with oxy-bismuth chloride.
  • FLAMENCO and DUOCHROME (based on mica) sold by ENGELHARD, TIMIRON pearls marketed by MERCK, pearls based on PRESTIGE mica marketed by ECKART and nacres based on SUNSHINE synthetic mica marketed by SUN Chemical.
  • the nacres may more particularly have a color or a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orange, brown, gold and / or coppery reflection.
  • nacres that can be used in the context of the present invention, mention may be made especially of gold-colored nacres sold especially by Engelhard under the name Brillant gold 212G (Timica), Gold 222C (Cloisonne), Sparkle gold (Timica), Gold 4504 (Chromalite) and Monarch gold 233X (Cloisonne); bronze nacres sold especially by the company Merck under the name Bronze Fine (17384) (Colorona) and Bronze (17353) (Colorona) and by Engelhard under the name Super Bronze (Cloisonne); orange nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Orange 363C (Cloisonne) and Orange MCR 101 (Cosmica) and by the company Merck under the name Passion Orange (Colorona) and Marte Orange (17449) (Microna); brown-colored pearlescent agents marketed by Engelhard under the name Nu-antique copper 340XB (Cloisonne) and Brown CL4509 (Chromalite); nacres with a copper she
  • dye it is necessary to include generally organic compounds that are soluble in fatty substances such as oils or in a hydroalcoholic phase.
  • the liposo lubricating dyes may be chosen from Sudan red, DC Red 17, DC Green 6, ⁇ -carotene, Sudan brown, DC Yellow 11, DC Violet 2, DC orange 5, quinoline yellow.
  • the water-soluble dyes are, for example, beet juice, methylene blue.
  • the cosmetic composition according to the invention may also contain at least one material with a specific optical effect.
  • This effect is different from a simple effect of conventional hue, that is to say unified and stabilized as produced by conventional dyestuffs such as monochromatic pigments.
  • stabilized means devoid of effect of color variability with the angle of observation or in response to a change in temperature.
  • this material may be chosen from particles with a metallic sheen, goniochromatic coloring agents, diffractive pigments, thermochromic agents, optical brighteners, as well as fibers, in particular interferential fibers.
  • these different materials can be combined to provide the simultaneous manifestation of two effects.
  • the particles with metallic sheen that can be used in the invention are in particular chosen from: the particles of at least one metal and / or at least one metal derivative, the particles comprising a substrate, organic or inorganic, monomaterial or multimaterial, covered at least partially by at least one metal-reflecting layer comprising at least one metal and / or at least one metal derivative, and mixtures of said particles.
  • the metals that may be present in said particles mention may be made, for example, of Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Ni, Sn, Mg, Cr, Mo, Ti, Zr, Pt, Va, Rb, W, Zn, Ge, Te. Se and their mixtures or alloys.
  • Metal derivatives means compounds derived from metals, in particular oxides, fluorides, chlorides and sulphides.
  • these particles include aluminum particles, such as those sold under the names Starbrite 1200 EAC ® by Siberline and METALURE® ® by the company Eckart. Mention may also be made of copper metal powders or alloy blends such as the references 2844 sold by the company Radium Bronze, metallic pigments such as aluminum or bronze, such as those sold under the names ROTOSAFE 700 from the company ECKART the silica-coated aluminum particles sold under the name VISIONAIRE BRIGHT SILVER by ECKART and the metal alloy particles such as bronze powder (copper and zinc alloy) coated with silica marketed under the name of Visionaire Bright Natural GoId from Eckart.
  • the goniochromatic coloring agent may be chosen, for example, from interferential multilayer structures and liquid crystal coloring agents.
  • Examples of symmetrical interferential multilayer structures that can be used in compositions produced in accordance with the invention are, for example, the following structures: Al / SiO 2 / Al / SiO 2 / Al, pigments having this structure being marketed by the company DUPONT DE NEMOURS; Cr / MgF 2 / Al / MgF 2 / Cr, pigments having this structure being marketed under the name CHROMAFLAIR by the company FLEX; MoS 2 / SiO 2 / Al / SiO 2 / MoS 2 ; Fe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 ZAl 2 SiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 , and Fe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 , pigments having these structures being marketed under the name SICOPEARL by the company BASF; MoS 2 ZSiO 2 Zmica-oxide ZSiO 2 ZMoS 2 ; Fe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 Zmica-oxide
  • these pigments may be the pigments of silica / titania / tin oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Magic by the company Merck, the silica / brown iron oxide structural pigments marketed under the name XIRONA. INDIAN SUMMER by the company MERCK and the silica / titanium oxide / mica / tin oxide structural pigments marketed under the name XIRONA CARRIBEAN BLUE by the company MERCK. Mention may also be made of the INFINITE COLORS pigments from SHISEIDO. Depending on the thickness and nature of the different layers, different effects are obtained.
  • Pigments with a polymeric multilayer structure those marketed by the company 3M under the name COLOR GLITTER.
  • liquid crystal goniochromatic particles that may be used include those sold by CHENIX well as those sold under the name Helicone® ® HC by Wacker.
  • a composition according to the invention may comprise a filler, especially in a total content ranging from 0.01% to 30%, in particular from 0.01% to 20% by weight, for example ranging from 0.1% to 15%, or from 0.5% to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
  • filler is understood to mean particles of any form, colorless or white, mineral or synthetic, insoluble in the medium of the composition irrespective of the temperature at which the composition is manufactured. These fillers serve in particular to modify the rheology or the texture of the composition.
  • the fillers can be mineral or organic of any form, platelet-shaped, spherical or oblong, irrespective of the crystallographic form (for example slip, cubic, hexagonal, orthorhombic, etc.). Mention may be made of talc, mica, silica, kaolin, polyamide (Nylon ® ) (Orgasol ® from Atochem), poly- ⁇ -alanine and polyethylene powders, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders (Teflon ® ), lauroyl-lysine, starch, boron nitride, polymeric hollow microspheres such as those of polyvinylidene chloride / acrylonitrile such as Expancel ® (Nobel Industry), copolymers of acrylic acid (Polytrap® of the Dow Corning Corporation) and silicone resin microspheres (Toshiba Tospearls ® , for example), elastomeric polyorganosiloxane particles, precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesium
  • it may be a hexamethylene diisocyanate / trimethylol hexyllactone copolymer.
  • Such particles are in particular commercially available, for example under the name PLASTIC POWDER D-400 ® or PLASTIC POWDER D-800 ® from the company TOSHIKI.
  • composition according to the invention may furthermore comprise any usual cosmetic ingredient which may be chosen in particular from antioxidants, perfumes, preservatives, neutralizers, surfactants, sunscreens, sweeteners, vitamins, moisturizers, emollients, hydrophilic or lipophilic active agents, anti-free radical agents, sequestering agents, and mixtures thereof.
  • any usual cosmetic ingredient which may be chosen in particular from antioxidants, perfumes, preservatives, neutralizers, surfactants, sunscreens, sweeteners, vitamins, moisturizers, emollients, hydrophilic or lipophilic active agents, anti-free radical agents, sequestering agents, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of devices that make it possible, among other things, to implement a cosmetic treatment process comprising the steps of: a) heating an application surface of a mass of solid product, with the aid of an artificial source of heat located outside the product mass, in particular an application surface of a product stick, to bring it to a temperature greater than that of a portion of the product mass remote from the product mass; application surface and which remains solid during application, and b) apply the application surface thus heated to an area to be treated, including the skin or lips.
  • Figure 1 shows, schematically, in elevation, an example of a packaging device and application made according to the invention
  • Figure 2 represents in isolation, with partial and schematic longitudinal section, the cover of the device of FIG. 1
  • FIG. 3 schematically and partially illustrates the heating of the end of the stick by contact with a hot surface
  • FIG. schematically and partially an embodiment of the heating member
  • Figures 5 to 7 illustrate details of embodiments of heating member variants
  • Figure 8 shows, schematically, an alternative embodiment of the packaging device and 'application
  • FIG. 9 is a diagrammatic and partial section of the device of FIG. 8, after placement in the corresponding housing housing,
  • FIG. 10 represents a rod and associated support means,
  • FIG. 11 represents in elevation a variant of FIG. implementation of the conditioning and application device,
  • FIG. 12 is a longitudinal section, partial and schematic, of the device of FIG. 11, - Figure 13 is a longitudinal section, partial and schematic, of an alternative embodiment of the device, Figure 14 shows a variant of the product packaging, and Figure 15 previously described, illustrates the measurement of the coefficient of dynamic friction.
  • the device 1 of packaging and application shown in Figure 1 comprises a base portion 2 which supports a mass of product according to the invention being in the form of a rod S product, and a cover 3 which can be fix on the base part 2 to close the device 1 in the absence of use.
  • the base portion 2 can be of any known type to move the rod S as and when consumption.
  • the base portion 2 comprises for example two parts 5 and 6 rotatable relative to each other, and a mechanism for transforming the relative rotation of the two parts 5 and 6 in an axial displacement along the longitudinal axis X of the stick S.
  • the stick S is for example carried, within this mechanism, by a cupule
  • the cover 3 comprises a heating device 10 which allows the end 11 of the stick S to be warmed up before it is applied to the keratin materials, for example the skin or the lips.
  • the heating device 10 can accommodate an electrical source that is not visible, for example containing one or more batteries or accumulators, and a heating element comprising, for example, an electrical resistance powered by the electrical source.
  • the heating member is arranged to raise the temperature of a heating surface 13 which, in the example of FIGS. 1 and 2, can come into contact with the rod S, as shown in Figure 3, to raise the temperature of the distal end 11 thereof.
  • the heating device 10 may comprise a switch 14 allowing the user to start or stop the heating device 10, as well as an operating indicator, for example a light which lights up when the surface heating 13 is being heated.
  • the heating device 10 may optionally comprise any means for regulating the temperature of the heating surface 13 so that it does not exceed a predefined value.
  • a higher heating temperature but compatible with the product can be accepted.
  • a temperature not exceeding 65 ° C. is preferred.
  • the heating device 10 may also, if appropriate, include a timer which allows the end 11 of the rod S to be warmed up only for a predefined period, in order to avoid premature wear of the source of electrical energy and / or avoid wearing the entire stick at an excessive temperature.
  • the heating device 10 may advantageously comprise any suitable sensor for triggering the operation of the heating only in case of effective contact of the heating surface with the end 11 of the stick S.
  • the heater 10 may comprise a contact pressure sensor between the heating surface 13 and the rod S, and allow heating of the heating surface 13 only in the event of proven contact with the stick S .
  • the heating surface 13 may be defined for example by a contact piece 20, for example axially movable along the axis X relative to the body 22 of the heating device 10 against the return action of an elastic return member 23, such as for example a spring housed inside the contact piece 20, as illustrated in FIG. 4.
  • an elastic return member 23 such as for example a spring housed inside the contact piece 20, as illustrated in FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 4 there is shown a heating device comprising an electrical resistance 25 plated in the bottom of the contact piece 20, so as to be as close as possible to the heating surface 13.
  • the contact piece 20 may for example comprise a good heat-conducting metal, with a small wall thickness, so as to have a low thermal inertia.
  • the contact piece 20 may for example comprise aluminum.
  • the heating surface 13 can be given any shape adapted to the geometry of the end 11 of the rod, for example a bevelled shape substantially complementary to the shape of the end 11 of the rod S, as illustrated in FIGS.
  • the device 1 may comprise means of indexing in rotation of the base part 2 and the cover 3, so as to not allow the fixing the cover 3 on the base portion 2 only in a predefined angular orientation between the two, in which the heating surface 13 can come into application in a predefined manner, compatible with its geometry, against the rod S.
  • the stick S which is for example a lipstick stick, may have a section of between 0.1 and 5 cm 2 , or even between 0.15 and 1 cm 2 , and the device 1 can be used by lighting first. the heating device 10 and then waiting for the time required for the end 11 of the rod which defines the application surface is brought to the desired temperature.
  • the heating may for example be indicated by the indicator light 15, which may for example go from a continuous ignition state signaling the start of the device to a flashing ignition or change color when the temperature is reached.
  • Other methods for indicating the ignition state may be employed without departing from the scope of the invention.
  • the base portion 2 can be separated from the cover 3 and the user can apply the product of the stick on the lips or other keratin materials.
  • the softening of the product at the end 11 of the stick ensures a comfortable application, a good transfer to the lips with a thick deposit and possibly shine upon application.
  • the application is done without using an applicator. In other words, only the composition, and more precisely the softened surface is put in direct contact with the region to be treated.
  • the body of the rod S is at room temperature or at a slightly higher temperature, but insufficient to compromise the mechanical strength necessary to withstand the mechanical forces generated by the application.
  • the device 1 can be used in a similar way to make up the skin, the stick can then be of larger section, if necessary.
  • the heating device may not be incorporated in a cover 3 of the conditioning device, but may be present in a housing 40 separate from the packaging device of the stick S, as illustrated in FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • the housing 40 can house an electrical source and / or comprise a connection means to an electrical source, for example the mains via a low-voltage transformer.
  • the housing 40 may also include start-up means 41, such as for example an on / off switch, and one or more lights 42 and 55 to signal the power up and / or the end of the warm-up. .
  • the housing 40 has an opening 46 in which the base portion 2 can be introduced at least partially, as illustrated in FIG. 9, in order to bring the end 11 of the stick close to a heating means 50 present in the housing 40.
  • the opening 46 is for example of section adapted to one of the parts of the base part, so that the engagement of the base part in the housing brings the end 11 of the rod to a predefined position, at least in two directions of space, relative to the heating means.
  • the housing 40 may include any suitable sensor 51 for detecting the establishment of the base portion 2 of the housing 40 and possibly the positioning of the rod relative to the heating means.
  • Heating of the end of the stick S can take place by conduction, in contact with a hot surface, as described above.
  • the heating means comprises a heating surface which can be brought to the appropriate temperature by any heating means, for example an electrical resistance. Heating of the end of the stick can still be carried out without contact, for example by IR radiation and / or convection, and / or by vibration and / or radio-electric radiation, or any other source providing heat.
  • the housing 40 may comprise any suitable sensor, in particular an optical sensor, capable of evaluating the distance between the end 11 of the stick and the heating means 50, in order to allow it to start up only when when a predefined distance is respected and / or in order to adjust the heating power as a function of the distance between the heating means and the end of the stick S.
  • any suitable sensor in particular an optical sensor, capable of evaluating the distance between the end 11 of the stick and the heating means 50, in order to allow it to start up only when when a predefined distance is respected and / or in order to adjust the heating power as a function of the distance between the heating means and the end of the stick S.
  • the heating means 50 may be a heating system by emitting infrared radiation towards the end 11 of the stick, for example by means of a halogen or incandescent lamp, or by blowing hot air towards the end 11.
  • the end 11 of the rod S may be further heated by exposure to radioelectric radiation, for example microwaves, focused at the end 11 of the rod S.
  • radioelectric radiation for example microwaves
  • the end 11 of the S stick can be warmed by ultrasonic vibrations.
  • the heating device 60 comprises a heating means 62 which is integral with the base part 2 and which can comprise, as illustrated, a ring-shaped heating element 62, which can The heating member 62 is for example of section greater than or equal to that of the stick S.
  • the heating device 60 may comprise, for example, a control member 64 on which the user can press to trigger the operation of the heating member 62.
  • the heating member 62 may comprise, for example, a heating resistor that allows the heating element to be heated. by conduction, convection and / or radiation (for example infrared, microwaves ...) the end 11 of the stick S. If necessary, the heating member 62 may also participate in the application of the product associated with the rod S and may for this purpose have an upper face 70 of suitable shape, for example beveled.
  • the user can bring the end 11 of the stick to the heating member 62 and trigger the heating by pressing the control member 64.
  • the heating device may comprise a light indicator 72 signaling to the user the operation of the heating member 62.
  • the user can then interrupt the heating when he visually observes that the end 11 of the rod has changed in appearance due to the temperature rise, for example has become glossy.
  • the user can then possibly, at this moment, move the end 11 a little more upwards so as to facilitate the application of the product, without contact with the heating member 62.
  • the user can proceed to the application of the product with contact not only of the stick S but also of the heating member 62 on the lips or the skin.
  • the surface of the heating member 62 that can contact the skin may be flocked or have a textured surface appearance facilitating application.
  • the stick S passes through a heating member 62 defining an opening 76 of narrowed section relative to the body section of the stick.
  • the softening of the rod S in contact with the heating member 62 may thus be accompanied, in this example, by a deformation of the rod through the heating member 62. This may increase the accuracy of application of the product. and to prevent the rod S can be advanced relative to the heater 62 until sufficient softening is achieved.
  • FIG. 14 represents a variant embodiment in which the mass of product S associated with the stick S is supported by a rod 200, and is suitable for example for a single use.
  • the application surface 202 is heated by being brought into contact with or near a hot surface, for example by introducing it into a housing provided with a heating means such as the housing previously described with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9.
  • phase A In a skillet, the ingredients of phase A are added. The whole is stirred with a Rayneri while heating slightly at 50 ° C.
  • the pigments of phase B are ground in a part of phase A.
  • the ground material, the other part of phase A and the waxes of phase C and the pasty fatty substances of phase D are added.
  • the mixture is heated to 98-100 ° C. C stirring with Rayneri until melting waxes.
  • the charge (phase E) is added to the mixture, which is poured into a mold to make lipsticks with a diameter of 12.7 mm.
  • the molds are then placed at -20 ° C. for half an hour, then the rods are demolded, which are mounted in lipstick mechanisms such as that illustrated in FIG. 8, for example.
  • the lipstick has a dynamic coefficient of friction of 1.05 at 25 ° C. and a hardness at 20 ° C. of 146 Nm -1 .
  • phase D The pigments of phase D are ground in phase A.
  • phase E mother-of-pearl
  • the hardness of the stick at 20 ° C. is 156 Nm -1 .
  • the bevel of the composition is brought into contact with a hot source at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds and then applied to the lips:
  • the application is more pleasant compared to the application performed at room temperature as described above, the deposit on the lips is shiny with good gloss and without migration.
  • the invention is not limited to the examples that have just been illustrated.
  • the displacement of the rod can be effected by means of a mechanism comprising at least two parts movable in rotation or a mechanism moving the rod in increments. Examples of such incremental mechanisms are found on hot melt glue guns for example, an example of which is given in US 2003 / 0,150,875 or US 2006 / 0,191,957.
  • the heating resistor is integrated in the base part or in the closing cap thereof and is powered by an electrical source which is located on a housing with which the base part or the cover must be engaged to be electrically connected. This can prevent the incorporation in the base part or the cover of one or more batteries or accumulators.
  • the base portion or the cover comprises at least one electric accumulator and it is recharged by placing the base part or the hood on a charging station.
  • the heating of the end of the rod can still be obtained by a mechanical action of the user, for example by the rotational drive of a wheel mounted rotatably on the hood and which is in engagement with a wiper, so that that the rotation of the wheel causes the elevation of the temperature of the wiper, this temperature rise being transmitted via a contact piece at the end of the stick.
  • the invention is not limited to a lipstick or a makeup or skin care product or lips.
  • the product may be present on a pallet at the time of its warming.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)
  • Treatments Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Processing And Handling Of Plastics And Other Materials For Molding In General (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a method of makeup and/or non-therapeutic care for non-fibrous human keratin material, particularly the skin, the mucus membranes thereof, or the nails, comprising the steps that include: - bringing an outer surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition, having a temperature-sensitive dynamic rub coefficient, into contact with, or near, a heating device, said dynamic rub coefficient, at 25°C, being greater than or equal to 0.5, preferably 0.6, so as to heat said piece in a localized manner with a view to essentially softening only said outer surface and lowering the dynamic rub coefficient thereof; and - applying the outer surface of the thus-heated composition onto the area to be treated.

Description

Procédé de traitement cosmétique chauffant Heating cosmetic treatment method
La présente invention concerne l'application d'un produit cosmétique sur les matières kératiniques humaines, notamment la peau ou les lèvres.The present invention relates to the application of a cosmetic product to human keratin materials, especially the skin or the lips.
L'invention concerne plus particulièrement l'application d'un produit (encore appelé « composition ») initialement sous la forme d'un morceau de produit solide (encore appelé « masse de produit »), notamment de bâtonnet (encore appelé « raisin » ou « stick »).The invention relates more particularly to the application of a product (also called "composition") initially in the form of a piece of solid product (also called "product mass"), in particular stick (also called "grape"). or "stick").
La présente invention a également trait à des compositions cosmétiques solides pour le maquillage et/ou le soin de la peau et/ou des lèvres, procurant un effet brillant.The present invention also relates to solid cosmetic compositions for the makeup and / or care of the skin and / or lips, providing a shiny effect.
Arrière-planBackground
Les rouges à lèvres sont conditionnés depuis longtemps en bâtonnets pour une application directe sur les lèvres. Dans ce cas, la formulation du rouge à lèvres doit répondre à des exigences d'une part d'ordre mécanique afin d'assurer le glissement et la tenue du bâtonnet lors de l'application et éviter qu'il ne se casse et d'autre part de transfert pour garantir une application confortable ainsi qu'un dépôt suffisant et de bonne qualité sur les lèvres.Lipsticks have been packaged for a long time into sticks for direct application to the lips. In this case, the formulation of the lipstick must meet the requirements of a mechanical part to ensure the sliding and holding of the stick during application and prevent it from breaking and of other hand of transfer to guarantee a comfortable application as well as a sufficient deposit and of good quality on the lips.
Ces exigences sont généralement considérées comme antagonistes et amènent à des contraintes de formulation qu'il serait souhaitable de pouvoir assouplir. La demande US 2004/0,096,258 divulgue un dispositif de conditionnement et d'application d'un rouge à lèvres qui comporte un générateur de vibrations et un générateur de chaleur. Le générateur de vibrations permet d'effectuer une action de massage avec une surface chaude.These requirements are generally considered as antagonistic and lead to formulation constraints that it would be desirable to be able to relax. The application US 2004 / 0,096,258 discloses a device for packaging and applying a lipstick which comprises a vibration generator and a heat generator. The vibration generator makes it possible to perform a massage action with a hot surface.
Il est par ailleurs connu par la demande de brevet européen EP 0 223 603 de soumettre les bâtonnets de rouge à lèvres, lors de leur fabrication, à une opération de flammage qui consiste à chauffer brièvement la surface du bâtonnet de manière à augmenter sa brillance en surface.It is also known from the European patent application EP 0 223 603 to subject the lipstick sticks, during their manufacture, to a flaming operation which consists in briefly heating the surface of the stick so as to increase its gloss. area.
La demande EP 1 595 472 A2 divulgue un dispositif de refaçonnage de la surface d'application d'un produit contenu dans un corps, comportant une résistance électrique. La chaleur est généralement considérée comme nuisible à la tenue mécanique d'un produit conditionné en bâtonnet et il a ainsi été proposé dans US 4,393,975 un dispositif de réfrigération permettant de protéger le bâtonnet de la chaleur.The application EP 1 595 472 A2 discloses a device for reshaping the application surface of a product contained in a body, comprising an electrical resistance. Heat is generally considered detrimental to the mechanical strength of a rod-shaped product and it has been proposed in US 4,393,975 a refrigeration device for protecting the rod heat.
La publication US 2008/0,143,214 divulgue un dispositif de conditionnement comportant un capot recouvert d'un fil chauffant, pour réchauffer un stick de cire dépilatoire ou un rouge à lèvres.The publication US 2008 / 0,143,214 discloses a packaging device comprising a hood covered with a heating wire, for heating a depilatory wax stick or a lipstick.
Parallèlement, à côté de la couleur qui est la caractéristique essentielle d'un rouge à lèvres, les utilisateurs recherchent souvent de la brillance. S'il est relativement aisé d'apporter de la brillance avec des formules liquides, cela est beaucoup plus difficile avec un produit sous la forme d'une masse solide.At the same time, aside from the color that is the essential feature of a lipstick, users often look for shine. While it is relatively easy to provide gloss with liquid formulas, it is much more difficult with a product in the form of a solid mass.
Il existe ainsi un besoin pour apporter plus de brillance à partir de rouges à lèvres en bâtonnet.There is thus a need to bring more shine from stick lipsticks.
De nombreux utilisateurs souhaitent également des performances en termes de tenue du maquillage. Toutefois, les performances en termes de brillance et de tenue s'obtiennent en général par des mécanismes différents et souvent antagonistes.Many users also want performance in terms of makeup hold. However, performance in terms of gloss and strength are generally obtained by different mechanisms and often antagonistic.
Il existe ainsi un besoin pour bénéficier de produits capables de conférer à la fois brillance et tenue.There is thus a need to benefit from products capable of conferring both shine and hold.
Enfin, l'aspect sensoriel est très important pour des produits conditionnés en bâtonnets, du fait que l'utilisateur est uniquement au contact du produit lors de l'application, surtout pour les rouges à lèvres, et l'amélioration des performances en termes de brillance et de tenue ne peut se faire sans respecter cet aspect sensoriel.Finally, the sensory aspect is very important for products packaged in sticks, because the user is only in contact with the product during application, especially for lipsticks, and the performance improvement in terms of shine and holding can not be done without respecting this sensory aspect.
Il est ainsi connu qu'un certain nombre d'ingrédients susceptibles d'apporter des caractéristiques intéressantes au produit, en termes de brillance ou de tenue par exemple, tels que les polymères, surtout quand ils ont un poids moléculaire relativement élevé, nuisent aux qualités d'application, voire rendent celle-ci impossible.It is thus known that a certain number of ingredients capable of providing advantageous characteristics to the product, in terms of gloss or strength, for example, such as polymers, especially when they have a relatively high molecular weight, adversely affect the qualities application, or even make it impossible.
Les qualités de résistance mécanique ou thermique compliquent encore la tâche du formulateur en rendant difficile la réalisation de bâtonnets faiblement structurés dans le but de permettre un transfert important. Une solution connue pour incorporer certains composés difficiles à appliquer à froid consiste à diminuer le diamètre du bâtonnet, par exemple à 8 mm, et à prévoir sur l'étui une cheminée autour du bâtonnet. De tels bâtonnets utilisés sur de tels étuis ont besoin d'une teneur en cires plus basse pour assurer leur tenue. Néanmoins, les consommateurs préfèrent généralement des bâtonnets plus gros, de diamètre supérieur à 10 mm.The qualities of mechanical or thermal resistance further complicate the task of the formulator by making it difficult to produce weakly structured rods in order to allow a large transfer. A known solution for incorporating certain compounds difficult to cold apply is to reduce the diameter of the stick, for example to 8 mm, and to provide on the case a chimney around the stick. Such rods used on such cases need a lower wax content to ensure their holding. Nevertheless, consumers generally prefer larger rods larger than 10 mm in diameter.
Il existe un besoin pour améliorer les performances d'un produit sous la forme d'une masse solide, que ce soit sur le plan sensoriel et/ou sur le plan du résultat de maquillage, tout en conservant au produit des propriétés mécaniques compatibles avec le conditionnement en bâtonnet ou sous une autre forme solide et avec une application par friction sur la surface à traiter.There is a need to improve the performance of a product in the form of a solid mass, whether sensory and / or in terms of makeup result, while maintaining the product mechanical properties compatible with the product. packaging in a stick or other solid form and with a frictional application on the surface to be treated.
Il existe également un besoin pour trouver un moyen permettant d'incorporer dans un produit tous les composés nécessaires à l'obtention de propriétés de tenue et/ou brillance satisfaisantes sans nuire par ailleurs aux qualités d'application du produit.There is also a need to find a way to incorporate in a product all the compounds necessary to obtain satisfactory holding properties and / or gloss without affecting otherwise the application qualities of the product.
Il existe en particulier un besoin pour trouver un moyen permettant d'incorporer dans un tel produit une ou des huiles nécessaires à l'obtention de propriétés de brillance satisfaisantes sans nuire aux qualités d'application du produit. Ainsi, on sait qu'il est possible de conférer un caractère brillant, classiquement par l'utilisation dans ce type de composition, d'huiles brillantes généralement visqueuses. L'usage de ces composés affecte alors généralement les qualités de confort à l'application notamment en terme de glissant. L'addition d'huiles fluides c'est-à-dire de faible viscosité permet certes de suppléer à ce défaut mais malheureusement peut s'avérer préjudiciable au regard du caractère migrant de ces huiles.In particular, there is a need to find a means for incorporating in such a product one or more oils necessary to obtain satisfactory gloss properties without harming the application qualities of the product. Thus, it is known that it is possible to confer a gloss character, classically by the use in this type of composition, of glossy oils generally viscous. The use of these compounds then generally affects the qualities of comfort in the application especially in terms of slippery. The addition of fluid oils that is to say of low viscosity certainly helps to overcome this defect but unfortunately can be detrimental to the migrant nature of these oils.
Il existe donc un besoin d'un mode de maquillage permettant de tirer profit du fort pouvoir brillant de certaines huiles visqueuses sans par ailleurs requérir l'usage de composés aptes à suppléer à cette viscosité élevée.There is therefore a need for a makeup mode that makes it possible to take advantage of the high gloss power of certain viscous oils without also requiring the use of compounds capable of providing for this high viscosity.
Il existe également un besoin de mode de maquillage autorisant l'utilisation de quantités élevées en huiles visqueuses très brillantes jusqu'ici non considérées au motif qu'elles sont non compatibles avec de bonne qualité d'application.There is also a need for makeup mode allowing the use of high amounts of highly glossy viscous oils so far not considered on the grounds that they are not compatible with good quality of application.
L'invention a précisément pour objet, de proposer un nouveau mode de maquillage et/ou de soin permettant de donner satisfaction à l'ensemble des exigences précitées.The object of the invention is precisely to propose a new mode of make-up and / or care making it possible to satisfy all the aforementioned requirements.
Ainsi, selon un premier de ses aspects, la présente invention concerne un procédé de maquillage et/ou de soin non thérapeutique des matières kératiniques humaines non fibreuses, notamment la peau, les muqueuses ou les ongles, dans lequel on amène au contact ou au voisinage d'un dispositif de chauffage une surface extérieure d'un morceau de composition cosmétique solide présentant un coefficient de frottement dynamique sensible à la température, supérieur ou égal à 0,5 à 25 0C, mieux supérieur ou égal à 0,6 à 25 0C, de manière à chauffer ledit morceau de façon localisée en vue de ne ramollir essentiellement que ladite surface extérieure et à en abaisser le coefficient de frottement dynamique, procédé dans lequel on applique ensuite la surface extérieure de la composition ainsi réchauffée sur la région à traiter, et notamment à maquiller, ladite composition étant différente d'une composition se présentant sous forme d'un bâtonnet de rouge à lèvres de diamètre 12,7 mm, en particulier définie comme suit, les quantités étant exprimées en pourcentage en poids :Thus, according to a first of its aspects, the present invention relates to a process for makeup and / or non-therapeutic care of human keratin materials non-fibrous materials, in particular the skin, the mucous membranes or the nails, in which a surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition having a temperature-sensitive dynamic coefficient of friction is brought into contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device, greater than or equal to 0.5 at 25 ° C., more preferably greater than or equal to 0.6 at 25 ° C., so as to heat said piece locally so as essentially to soften only said outer surface and to lower its coefficient dynamic friction method, wherein the outer surface of the composition thus heated is then applied to the region to be treated, and in particular makeup, said composition being different from a composition in the form of a stick of red lipstick. diameter 12.7 mm, in particular defined as follows, the quantities being expressed as percentage by weight:
BHT 0,06BHT 0.06
PEG-45/DODECYL GLYCOL COPOLYMER 6PEG-45 / DODECYL GLYCOL COPOLYMER 6
OCTYLDODECYL NEOPENTANOATE 18OCTYLDODECYL NEOPENTANOATE 18
POLYBUTENE 15POLYBUTENE 15
TRIISOSTEARIN 7TRIISOSTEARIN 7
OCTYLDODECYL/PPG-3 MYRISTYL ETHER DIMER DILINOLEATE 1OCTYLDODECYL / PPG-3 MYRISTYL ETHER DIMER DILINOLEATE 1
BIS-DIGLYCERYL POLYACYLADIPATE-2 15BIS-DIGLYCERYL POLYACYLADIPATE-2 15
ISOSTEARYL ISOSTERATE 10ISOSTEARYL ISOSTERATE 10
DISTEARDIMONIUM HECTORITE 1DISTEARDIMONIUM HECTORITY 1
YELLOW 6 LAKE 7YELLOW 6 LAKE 7
RED 7 4RED 7 4
TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
POLYETHYLENE 5POLYETHYLENE 5
MICROCRYSTALLINE WAX 7MICROCRYSTALLINE WAX 7
MICA 2,94MICA 2.94
Le morceau de composition peut être en permanence au contact ou à proximité du dispositif de chauffage et celui-ci peut être activé préalablement à l'application de la composition, pour élever la température de la surface extérieure du morceau de composition. En variante, le morceau de composition n'est amené au contact ou à proximité du dispositif de chauffage que pour l'utilisation, en vue de l'application de la composition.The piece of composition may be in continuous contact with or near the heater and may be activated prior to application of the composition to raise the temperature of the outer surface of the composition piece. Alternatively, the piece of composition is brought into contact or proximity of the heater for use, for the application of the composition.
Selon une variante de réalisation, la composition considérée selon l'invention comprend au moins 10 % en poids d'huile(s) brillante(s), ladite huile brillante étant une huile hydrocarbonnée ou siliconée de masse moléculaire supérieure ou égale à 400 g/mol.According to an alternative embodiment, the composition considered according to the invention comprises at least 10% by weight of glossy oil (s), said glossy oil being a hydrocarbon or silicone oil with a molecular mass greater than or equal to 400 g / mol.
Ainsi, selon un autre de ses aspects, la présente invention concerne un procédé de maquillage et/ou de soin non thérapeutique des matières kératiniques humaines non fibreuses, notamment la peau, les muqueuses ou les ongles, comprenant au moins les étapes consistant à : - amener au contact ou au voisinage d'un dispositif de chauffage une surface extérieure d'un morceau de composition cosmétique solide de manière à chauffer ledit morceau de façon localisée en vue de ne ramollir essentiellement que ladite surface extérieure notamment en vue d'en abaisser le coefficient de frottement dynamique, et - appliquer ensuite la surface extérieure de la composition ainsi réchauffée sur la région à traiter, et notamment à maquiller, ladite composition comprenant une teneur supérieure ou égale à 10 % en poids d'huile(s) brillante(s) par rapport au poids total de la composition, ladite huile brillante étant une huile hydrocarbonée ou siliconée de masse moléculaire supérieure ou égale à 400 g/mol.Thus, according to another of its aspects, the present invention relates to a process for making and / or non-therapeutic care of human non-fibrous keratin materials, in particular the skin, the mucous membranes or the nails, comprising at least the steps consisting in: bringing into contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device an outer surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition so as to heat said piece in a localized manner so as essentially to soften only said outer surface, in particular with a view to lowering it dynamic coefficient of friction, and - then apply the outer surface of the composition thus heated to the region to be treated, and in particular makeup, said composition comprising a content greater than or equal to 10% by weight of oil (s) brilliant (s) ) relative to the total weight of the composition, said glossy oil being a hydrocarbon or silicone oil of higher molecular weight is equal to 400 g / mol.
Selon un mode de réalisation particulier de l'invention, le procédé est un procédé de maquillage.According to a particular embodiment of the invention, the method is a makeup process.
Selon une variante de réalisation, la composition considérée selon l'invention comprend au moins une huile brillante hydrocarbonée en association avec moins de 40 % voire moins de 30 % en poids d'une huile fluide, ladite huile fluide présentant en particulier un poids moléculaire inférieur à 400 g/mol.According to an alternative embodiment, the composition considered according to the invention comprises at least one hydrocarbon-based glossy oil in combination with less than 40% or even less than 30% by weight of a fluid oil, said fluid oil having in particular a lower molecular weight at 400 g / mol.
Selon un mode de réalisation particulier, la surface extérieure ramollie est portée au contact direct de la région à traiter, et en particulier des matières kératiniques.According to a particular embodiment, the softened outer surface is brought into direct contact with the region to be treated, and in particular with keratin materials.
Autrement dit, aucun applicateur n'est employé pour déposer la composition ramollie.In other words, no applicator is used to deposit the softened composition.
Selon encore un autre aspect, l'invention concerne un kit comportant : - une composition telle que définie précédemment, et - un dispositif de chauffage permettant de chauffer localement une surface d'un morceau de ladite composition, la composition étant notamment sous forme d'un bâtonnet de diamètre autre que 12,7 mm.According to yet another aspect, the invention relates to a kit comprising: a composition as defined above, and - A heating device for locally heating a surface of a piece of said composition, the composition being in particular in the form of a rod with a diameter other than 12.7 mm.
Au sens de la présente invention, on entend par solide, notamment à température ambiante (par exemple à 20 0C) une composition de consistance élevée, qui conserve sa forme pendant le stockage, notamment qui ne s'écoule pas sous son propre poids.For the purposes of the present invention, the term solid, especially at ambient temperature (for example at 20 ° C.), means a composition of high consistency which retains its shape during storage, in particular which does not flow under its own weight.
Lorsque la composition est sous forme d'un stick, la surface extérieure peut être définie comme l'extrémité de celui-ci. L'invention peut permettre de chauffer en surface, juste avant l'application, par exemple le haut du biseau d'un bâtonnet de rouge à lèvres réalisé avec une composition selon l'invention, afin de permettre le dépôt, et ceci même si le bâtonnet contient des composés peu propices à une application satisfaisante à froid, ces composés apportant des performances accrues en termes de tenue et/ou de brillance. Dans des exemples de mise en œuvre de l'invention, en réchauffant la surface du bâtonnet, on peut améliorer son glissement et donc son application sur les lèvres ou la peau.When the composition is in the form of a stick, the outer surface may be defined as the end thereof. The invention can be used to heat the surface just before application, for example the top of the bevel of a lipstick rod made with a composition according to the invention, to allow the deposit, and this even if the rod contains compounds unsuitable for satisfactory cold application, these compounds providing increased performance in terms of strength and / or gloss. In exemplary embodiments of the invention, by warming the surface of the stick, it is possible to improve its sliding and therefore its application on the lips or the skin.
La composition solide présente avantageusement une dureté supérieure ou égale à 80 Nm"1 à 20 0C, mieux supérieure ou égale à 100 Nm"1, voire à 120 Nm"1 à 20 0C, ce qui rend le bâtonnet résistant sur le plan mécanique et permet son conditionnement par exemple dans un étui conventionnel comportant deux parties pouvant tourner l'une par rapport à l'autre pour déplacer le bâtonnet.The solid composition advantageously has a hardness of greater than or equal to 80 Nm -1 at 20 ° C., better still greater than or equal to 100 Nm -1 , or even 120 Nm -1 at 20 ° C., which makes the rod resistant on the plane mechanical and allows its packaging for example in a conventional case having two parts rotatable relative to each other to move the stick.
Le coefficient de frottement dynamique peut être, à la température à laquelle la composition est chauffée, inférieur ou égal à 0,45, mieux à 0,4. Le coefficient de frottement dynamique qui est supérieur ou égal à 0,5 à 25 0C peut ainsi devenir par exemple inférieur ou égal à 0,45 à 45 0C, c'est-à-dire atteindre une valeur comparable à certains rouges à lèvres connus prévus pour une application à 25 0C.The dynamic coefficient of friction may be, at the temperature at which the composition is heated, less than or equal to 0.45, more preferably 0.4. The dynamic coefficient of friction that is greater than or equal to 0.5 at 25 ° C. can thus become, for example, less than or equal to 0.45 at 45 ° C., that is to say reach a value comparable to certain reds at known lips intended for application at 25 ° C.
L'invention peut s'appliquer à un bâtonnet de produit de texture telle que son application à froid soit difficile et/ou comportant des polymères brillants d'application sans chauffage quasi-impossible ou désagréable. Pour un tel bâtonnet de produit, l'application après chauffage devient possible, avec des performances de brillance supérieures. L'invention permet de conditionner une composition sous forme de bâtonnet, par exemple de diamètre supérieur ou égal à 7 mm, de préférence de diamètre relativement important, par exemple supérieur ou égal à 10 mm, et par exemple inférieur ou égal à 50 mm, sans problèmes de tenue ou de transfert du produit, car les composés structurants introduits, gênants pour une application à froid, le sont moins lorsque la température augmente.The invention can be applied to a stick of texture product such that its cold application is difficult and / or comprising glossy application polymers without virtually impossible or unpleasant heating. For such a product stick, the application after heating becomes possible, with higher gloss performance. The invention makes it possible to condition a composition in the form of a rod, for example of diameter greater than or equal to 7 mm, preferably of relatively large diameter, for example greater than or equal to 10 mm, and for example less than or equal to 50 mm, without problems of holding or transfer of the product, because the structuring compounds introduced, annoying for a cold application, are less when the temperature increases.
Le produit peut être un produit à appliquer sur les lèvres, notamment un rouge à lèvres ou un brillant à lèvres. Les produits concernés par l'invention ne sont toutefois pas limités aux produits de maquillage, et l'invention concerne également les produits de soin non thérapeutique.The product may be a product to be applied to the lips, such as a lipstick or a lip gloss. The products concerned by the invention are however not limited to make-up products, and the invention also relates to non-therapeutic skincare products.
Le produit peut être chauffé de diverses manières, par exemple en étant exposé à un rayonnement infrarouge ou à un rayonnement radioélectrique.The product can be heated in various ways, for example by being exposed to infrared radiation or radio radiation.
Le produit peut encore être chauffé par soufflage d'air chaud, en étant exposé à des vibrations ultrasonores ou par transfert de chaleur au contact ou à proximité d'une surface chaude, laquelle vient par exemple en appui radialement contre la surface extérieure, notamment l'extrémité du bâtonnet. La surface chaude peut aussi venir en appui axialement contre la surface extérieure, notamment l'extrémité du bâtonnet. La surface chaude peut avoir une forme de biseau, de cône inversé ou de creux concave, notamment sphérique. La surface chaude peut être traversée par le morceau de produit, notamment le bâtonnet et avoir à cet effet une forme annulaire.The product can be further heated by blowing hot air, being exposed to ultrasonic vibrations or by heat transfer in contact with or near a hot surface, which for example bears radially against the outer surface, particularly end of the stick. The hot surface may also bear axially against the outer surface, in particular the end of the stick. The hot surface may have a shape of bevel, inverted cone or concave hollow, including spherical. The hot surface can be traversed by the piece of product, including the stick and have for this purpose an annular shape.
Le morceau de produit peut être sous forme de bâtonnet, la surface chaude venant par exemple au contact ou en regard de la face d'extrémité du bâtonnet.The piece of product may be in the form of a stick, the hot surface coming for example in contact with or facing the end face of the stick.
Le chauffage peut n'avoir lieu qu'à l'extrémité du bâtonnet, la surface chaude ne venant, par exemple, pas recouvrir la surface latérale du bâtonnet.The heating may take place only at the end of the stick, the hot surface not coming, for example, not cover the side surface of the stick.
Le morceau de produit peut être moulé initialement dans la forme souhaitée, par exemple en forme de bâtonnet, sans aucune armature, comme les bâtonnets de rouge à lèvres conventionnels, ou sur une armature et/ou une partie de préhension, étant supportée par exemple au bout d'une tige. Le produit peut être chauffé alors que le morceau de produit est entièrement contenu dans un dispositif de conditionnement. Lors de l'application, l'utilisateur peut ne pas venir au contact avec ses doigts du produit.The piece of product can be initially molded into the desired shape, for example rod-shaped, without any reinforcement, such as conventional lipstick sticks, or on a frame and / or a gripping part, being supported for example at end of a stem. The product can be heated while the piece of product is completely contained in a packaging device. When applying, the user may not come into contact with his product fingers.
Le produit peut être chauffé alors que le morceau de produit est au moins partiellement exposé à l'air ambiant. La surface extérieure du produit peut être chauffée à une température Tf supérieure ou égale à 40 0C, voire supérieure à 45 0C ou encore supérieure à 50 0C. La surface extérieure peut être chauffée à une température Tf comprise entre 40 0C et 95 0C, mieux 45 0C à 85 0C, encore mieux 45 0C à 75 0C. La température de la surface d'application, notamment de l'extrémité du bâtonnet, ne doit pas entraîner de risque de brûlure au moment de l'application. C'est pourquoi un temps d'attente entre le moment où l'extrémité est chauffée et l'application sur les matières kératiniques peut éventuellement être nécessaire.The product can be heated while the piece of product is at least partially exposed to ambient air. The outer surface of the product may be heated to a temperature Tf greater than or equal to 40 ° C., or even greater than 45 ° C. or even greater than 50 ° C. The outer surface may be heated to a temperature Tf of between 40 ° C. and 95 0 C, more preferably 45 0 C to 85 0 C, more preferably 45 0 C to 75 0 C. The temperature of the application surface, in particular the end of the stick, must not involve a risk of burning at the time of the application. This is why a waiting time between the moment when the end is heated and the application to the keratin materials may possibly be necessary.
L'écart de température entre la surface extérieure chauffée et la portion du produit qui reste solide peut être supérieur ou égal à 5 0C, mieux supérieur ou égal à 15 0C ou 20 0C, au moins au début de l'application, voire supérieure à 30 0C.The temperature difference between the heated outer surface and the portion of the product which remains solid may be greater than or equal to 5 ° C., better still greater than or equal to 15 ° C. or 20 ° C., at least at the beginning of the application, even greater than 30 ° C.
Seul le produit peut venir au contact de la région traitée lors de l'application.Only the product can come into contact with the treated area during the application.
Le morceau de produit peut être solidaire, lors de l'application, d'une partie de base comportant un mécanisme permettant de déplacer la masse de produit relativement à une surface de préhension de la partie de base par l'utilisateur, notamment un mécanisme comportant deux pièces rotatives l'une par rapport à l'autre.The piece of product may be secured, during the application, a base portion comprising a mechanism for moving the mass of product relative to a gripping surface of the base portion by the user, including a mechanism comprising two pieces rotating relative to each other.
La surface extérieure ramollie par le dispositif de chauffage peut être supportée par le morceau de composition cosmétique solide au moment de l'application. En variante, la surface extérieure ramollie peut être supportée autrement, après transfert sur un support servant à l'application. On peut ainsi, dans un exemple de mise en œuvre de l'invention, chauffer le produit et le prélever avec un applicateur ou un doigt pour l'appliquer sur la peau ou les lèvres. Le morceau de produit peut être contenu dans une coupelle, et l'on vient réchauffer la surface supérieure du produit présent dans la coupelle.The outer surface softened by the heater may be supported by the piece of solid cosmetic composition at the time of application. Alternatively, the softened outer surface may be otherwise supported after transfer to a support for application. It is thus possible, in one embodiment of the invention, to heat the product and to take it off with an applicator or a finger to apply it to the skin or the lips. The piece of product may be contained in a cup, and it comes to heat the upper surface of the product present in the cup.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut rester solidaire ou non du morceau de composition cosmétique solide au moment de l'application de la surface extérieure ramollie sur les matières kératiniques humaines. L'invention a encore pour objet, selon un autre de ses aspects, un dispositif de conditionnement et d'application d'un produit sous forme d'un morceau solide, notamment d'un bâtonnet, comportant :The heating device may remain integral or not with the piece of solid cosmetic composition at the time of application of the softened outer surface on human keratin materials. The invention further relates, in another of its aspects, to a device for packaging and applying a product in the form of a solid piece, in particular a stick, comprising:
- un support dudit morceau de produit solide, ce dernier présentant une surface extérieure, notamment une extrémité ;a support for said piece of solid product, the latter having an outer surface, in particular an end;
- un dispositif de chauffage solidaire ou pouvant être rendu solidaire du dispositif de conditionnement et d'application, au contact ou pouvant être amenée au contact ou au voisinage de ladite surface extérieure pour chauffer ledit morceau de manière localisée, en vue de ne ramollir essentiellement que ladite surface extérieure, par exemple sur une profondeur allant de 0,5 mm à 5 mm, mieux 0,5 mm à 2 mm.a heating device integral with or capable of being secured to the packaging and application device, in contact with or capable of being brought into contact with or in the vicinity of said outer surface in order to heat said piece in a localized manner, with a view to essentially softening only said outer surface, for example to a depth of 0.5 mm to 5 mm, more preferably 0.5 mm to 2 mm.
Autrement dit, notamment dans le cas d'un transfert de chaleur par conduction, convection ou rayonnement infrarouge, la chaleur n'est pas transmise à la surface d'application depuis le cœur du morceau de produit, mais depuis l'extérieur.In other words, especially in the case of heat transfer by conduction, convection or infrared radiation, the heat is not transmitted to the application surface from the heart of the piece of product, but from the outside.
Le produit peut avantageusement présenter, comme mentionné précédemment, un coefficient de frottement dynamique supérieur ou égal à 0,5 à 25 0C, mieux 0,6 à 25° C. Le dispositif de chauffage peut être logé dans un capot de fermeture du support, de manière à permettre de chauffer la surface extérieure avec le capot en place sur le support. Le dispositif de chauffage peut aussi être logé ailleurs que dans un capot de fermeture du support. Le dispositif de chauffage peut être logé dans un boîtier sur lequel peut être engagé le support de manière à ce que le chauffage puisse avoir lieu quand le support est engagé dans le boîtier, notamment un boîtier comportant une ouverture dans laquelle le morceau de produit solide peut être engagé, de préférence sans que l'ensemble du support ne soit disposé à l'intérieur du boîtier. Le dispositif de chauffage peut être solidaire du dispositif de conditionnement et d'application.The product may advantageously have, as mentioned above, a coefficient of dynamic friction greater than or equal to 0.5 at 25 ° C., more preferably 0.6 at 25 ° C. The heating device may be housed in a closing cap of the support , so as to heat the outer surface with the hood in place on the support. The heating device can also be housed elsewhere than in a closure cap of the support. The heating device can be housed in a housing on which the support can be engaged so that heating can take place when the support is engaged in the housing, in particular a housing having an opening in which the piece of solid product can to be engaged, preferably without the entire support being disposed inside the housing. The heating device may be integral with the packaging and application device.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut être agencé pour venir au contact de la surface extérieure.The heater may be arranged to engage the outer surface.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut être agencé pour être traversé par le morceau de produit, notamment comporter une surface chaude de forme annulaire. Le dispositif de chauffage peut comporter un moyen de commande permettant à l'utilisateur de commander son fonctionnement. Ce moyen de commande peut comporter un interrupteur présent sur le support ou sur un capot de fermeture du support.The heating device may be arranged to be traversed by the piece of product, including a hot surface of annular shape. The heater may include control means to allow the user to control its operation. This control means may comprise a switch present on the support or on a closure cover of the support.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut comporter une résistance électrique pour chauffer une surface pouvant venir au contact de la surface d'application ou à proximité de celle-ci.The heater may include an electrical resistor for heating a surface that can contact or be near the application surface.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut comporter un émetteur d'infrarouges agencé pour soumettre la surface d'application à une lumière infrarouge afin d'échauffer celle-ci, et un moyen d'émission d'un rayonnement radioélectrique permettant d'élever la température de la surface extérieure, un ventilateur pour souffler de l'air chaud sur la surface extérieure ou une source d'ultrasons pour réchauffer la surface extérieure.The heating device may comprise an infrared emitter arranged to subject the application surface to infrared light in order to heat it, and a radio-frequency emission means for raising the temperature of the outer surface, a blower to blow hot air on the outer surface or a source of ultrasound to warm the outer surface.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut encore comporter au moins deux composants capables de produire, lorsque mélangés, une réaction exothermique.The heating device may also comprise at least two components capable of producing, when mixed, an exothermic reaction.
Le morceau de produit peut être en forme de bâtonnet et la surface extérieure être définie par l'extrémité du bâtonnet.The piece of product may be rod-shaped and the outer surface defined by the end of the stick.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut comporter une source d'énergie électrique comportant une ou plusieurs piles ou accumulateurs.The heating device may comprise a source of electrical energy comprising one or more batteries or accumulators.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut comporter un générateur électrique actionné par l'utilisateur. Le dispositif de chauffage peut comporter des moyens permettant d'assurer un chauffage du morceau de composition à une température prédéfinie, malgré l'usure dudit morceau. Ce moyen peut comporter un organe élastiquement déformable, qui assure au contact ou un écartement constant entre la surface extérieure à chauffer et le dispositif de chauffage, en compensant l'usure du morceau de composition. Ces moyens peuvent également comporter, le cas échéant, un capteur de température qui permet d'ajuster la puissance de chauffage, par exemple l'augmenter si la surface extérieure est plus éloignée de la source de chaleur.The heater may include a user operated electric generator. The heating device may comprise means for heating the piece of composition to a predetermined temperature, despite wear of said piece. This means may comprise an elastically deformable member, which provides contact or a constant separation between the outer surface to be heated and the heating device, compensating for the wear of the piece of composition. These means may also include, where appropriate, a temperature sensor that adjusts the heating power, for example increase if the outer surface is further away from the heat source.
L'invention a encore pour objet, selon un autre de ses aspects, un procédé de maquillage et/ou de soin non thérapeutique des matières kératiniques humaines non fibreuses, notamment la peau, les muqueuses ou les ongles, comportant les étapes consistant à : - réchauffer au contact ou au voisinage d'un dispositif de chauffage une surface extérieure d'un morceau de composition cosmétique solide présentant une dureté supérieure ou égale à 80 Nm"1 de manière à chauffer ledit morceau de manière localisée, appliquer la composition ainsi réchauffée sur la région à traiter, et notamment à maquiller.Another subject of the invention is, according to another of its aspects, a process for making and / or non-therapeutic care of non-fibrous human keratin materials, in particular the skin, the mucous membranes or the nails, comprising the steps of: - heating in contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device an outer surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition having a hardness greater than or equal to 80 Nm "1 so as to heat said piece in a localized manner, apply the thus heated composition on the area to be treated, including make-up.
Coefficient de frottement dynamiqueDynamic coefficient of friction
Pour caractériser le coefficient de frottement dynamique du produit, on peut utiliser un appareil comportant un chariot qui se déplace sur une longueur de 100 mm sur des roulements à billes.To characterize the dynamic coefficient of friction of the product, it is possible to use an apparatus comprising a carriage which moves over a length of 100 mm on ball bearings.
Le bon déplacement du chariot est assuré grâce à un lien rigide à la traverse mobile d'une machine de traction et de compression (TAXT2 de la société Rheo) mise en position horizontale, par un aimant fixé à l'arrière du chariot.The good carriage movement is ensured thanks to a rigid link to the movable cross member of a tensile and compression machine (TAXT2 from Rheo) placed in a horizontal position by a magnet fixed to the rear of the carriage.
Le produit S dont on cherche à évaluer le coefficient de frottement dynamique est coupé à une extrémité avec un fil de tungstène de diamètre 250 μm en déplaçant le fil relativement au stick à une vitesse de lOOmm/min et perpendiculaire à son axe longitudinal de façon à avoir une surface de contact plane et parallèle à la surface de glissement W.The product S whose dynamic coefficient of friction is to be evaluated is cut at one end with a 250 μm diameter tungsten wire by moving the wire relative to the stick at a speed of 100 mm / min and perpendicular to its longitudinal axis so as to have a flat contact surface parallel to the sliding surface W.
On lui applique une force normale Fn à la surface de glissement W à l'aide d'un poids. Ce poids est tel que la pression exercée sur la surface du produit S en contact avec W est de 7.9 10"3 MPa.A normal force Fn is applied to the sliding surface W by means of a weight. This weight is such that the pressure exerted on the surface of the product S in contact with W is 7.9 × 10 -3 MPa.
Le produit peut se présenter sous la forme d'un bâtonnet cylindrique de révolution.The product can be in the form of a cylindrical rod of revolution.
Dans le cas où la section transversale du bâtonnet n'est pas circulaire, on fait glisser le stick dans la direction du petit axe de sa section, en déplaçant le grand axe parallèlement à lui-même.In the case where the cross section of the rod is not circular, the stick is slid in the direction of the minor axis of its section, moving the major axis parallel to itself.
Le coefficient de frottement est défini comme le rapport de la force tangentielle Ft appliquée sur le corps mis en mouvement dans la direction M sur la force normale Fn subie par ce même corps, comme illustré à la figure 15.The coefficient of friction is defined as the ratio of the tangential force Ft applied to the body set in motion in the direction M to the normal force Fn experienced by the same body, as illustrated in FIG. 15.
Dans un essai de frottement, on peut distinguer une première phase transitoire de mise en mouvement du système et une deuxième phase de régime continu.In a friction test, it is possible to distinguish a first transitional phase of setting the system in motion and a second phase of continuous operation.
Dans la première phase, la force tangentielle augmente pour atteindre un maximum qui correspond à la mise en mouvement du système. Ce maximum correspond à la force de frottement statique appelée Ft statique et permet de définir un coefficient de frottement statique (μs) μs = Ft statique/ Fn où Fn est la force normale appliquée. La force tangentielle Ft décroît ensuite pour atteindre généralement un régime plus stable. Le coefficient de frottement dynamique est défini dans cette phase du mouvement comme le rapport de la force de frottement dynamique (force tangentielle) sur la force normale appliquée (Fn) : μd= Ft dynamique/ Fn Le coefficient de frottement est une grandeur sans dimension, fonction des deux surfaces en contact et des conditions de contact.In the first phase, the tangential force increases to reach a maximum that corresponds to the setting in motion of the system. This maximum corresponds to the static friction force called static Ft and allows to define a coefficient of static friction (μs) μs = Ft static / Fn where Fn is the normal force applied. The tangential force Ft then decreases to generally reach a more stable regime. The dynamic coefficient of friction is defined in this phase of the motion as the ratio of the dynamic friction force (tangential force) to the applied normal force (Fn): μd = dynamic Ft / Fn The coefficient of friction is a dimensionless quantity, function of the two surfaces in contact and the conditions of contact.
La surface de glissement est définie par de la peau artificielle, de référence « BIO SKIN Plate Black K275 » de la société MACREPOS, de largeur égale ou supérieure à celle de la section du stick. Pour une mesure à 25 0C, l'ensemble de l'appareillage et la composition sont àThe sliding surface is defined by the artificial skin, reference "BIO SKIN Plate Black K275" from MACREPOS, of width equal to or greater than that of the section of the stick. For a measurement at 25 ° C., all the apparatus and the composition are
25 0C.25 ° C.
La peau artificielle est placée sur un support qui peut être chauffé à la température à laquelle on souhaite mesurer le coefficient de frottement dynamique. On applique par exemple sur la peau artificielle ainsi chauffée, par exemple à 45 0C si la mesure doit être effectuée à 45 0C, le bâtonnet initialement à la température de 25 0C. La température de surface de la peau artificielle peut être contrôlée avec un thermomètre optique.The artificial skin is placed on a support that can be heated to the temperature at which it is desired to measure the coefficient of dynamic friction. For example, the artificial skin thus heated, for example at 45 ° C., if the measurement is to be carried out at 45 ° C., is applied to the stick initially at a temperature of 25 ° C. The surface temperature of the artificial skin can be controlled. with an optical thermometer.
Dans certains modes de réalisation, le coefficient de frottement dynamique d'une composition selon l'invention est supérieur ou égal à 0,6, voire 0,7 ou 0,8, à 25 0C. Le coefficient de frottement dynamique à 25 0C des compositions selon l'invention peut être inférieur ou égal à 5.In some embodiments, the dynamic friction coefficient of a composition according to the invention is greater than or equal to 0.6 or 0.7 or 0.8, at 25 0 C. The coefficient of dynamic friction at 25 0 C compositions according to the invention may be less than or equal to 5.
Le stick peut avoir un diamètre de 12,7 mm au niveau de sa zone de contact avec la surface de glissement, mais d'autres valeurs sont possibles, allant par exemple de 7 mm à 50 mm. Paramètre de duretéThe stick may have a diameter of 12.7 mm at its area of contact with the sliding surface, but other values are possible, ranging for example from 7 mm to 50 mm. Hardness parameter
L'invention s'applique avantageusement à des compositions relativement dures à température ambiante et qui sous l'action de la chaleur deviennent suffisamment molles pour être applicables. La dureté peut être mesurée à 20 0C par la méthode dite « du fil à couper le beurre », qui consiste à couper transversalement un bâton de produit, de préférence cylindrique de révolution, à l'aide d'un fil rigide de tungstène de diamètre 250 μm en déplaçant le fil relativement au stick à une vitesse de lOOmm/min. La dureté correspond à la force maximale de cisaillement exercée par le fil sur le stick à 20 0C, cette force étant mesurée au moyen d'un dynamomètre DFGHS 2 de la société Indelco-Chatillon. La mesure est reproduite trois fois puis moyennée.The invention is advantageously applied to relatively hard compositions at room temperature and which under the action of heat become sufficiently soft to be applicable. The hardness can be measured at 20 ° C. by the so-called "butter-cutting thread" method, which consists in transversely cutting a stick of product, preferably cylindrical of revolution, with the aid of a rigid tungsten wire. 250 μm diameter by moving the wire relative to the stick at a speed of 100mm / min. The hardness corresponds to the maximum shear force exerted by the wire on the stick at 20 ° C., this force being measured by means of a DFGHS 2 dynamometer from Indelco-Chatillon. The measurement is repeated three times and averaged.
La moyenne des trois valeurs lues au moyen du dynamomètre mentionné ci- dessus, notée Y, est donnée en grammes. Cette moyenne est convertie en Newton puis divisée par L qui représente la dimension la plus élevée traversée par le fil. Dans le cas d'un bâton cylindrique, L est égal au diamètre en mètres.The average of the three values read using the dynamometer mentioned above, denoted Y, is given in grams. This average is converted to Newton and divided by L which represents the highest dimension traversed by the wire. In the case of a cylindrical stick, L is equal to the diameter in meters.
La dureté est convertie par l'équation ci-dessous :The hardness is converted by the equation below:
(Yx 10"3 x9.8)/L(Yx 10 "3 x9.8) / L
Pour une mesure à une température différente, on chauffe la totalité du stick à la température où la dureté doit être mesurée. Selon cette méthode, la dureté à 20 0C d'exemples de composition selon un aspect de l'invention est supérieure à 80 Nm"1 notamment supérieure à 100 Nm de préférence supérieure à 120 Nm"1.For a measurement at a different temperature, the entire stick is heated to the temperature at which the hardness is to be measured. According to this method, the hardness at 20 ° C. of examples of composition according to one aspect of the invention is greater than 80 Nm "1 in particular greater than 100 Nm, preferably greater than 120 Nm " 1 .
Une composition de l'invention est cosmétiquement ou dermatologiquement acceptable, à savoir contient un milieu physio logiquement acceptable non toxique et susceptible d'être appliqué sur les lèvres d'êtres humains. Par cosmétiquement acceptable, on entend au sens de l'invention une composition d'aspect, d'odeur et de toucher agréables, convenant à une utilisation en cosmétique.A composition of the invention is cosmetically or dermatologically acceptable, ie contains a physiologically acceptable non-toxic medium that can be applied to the lips of humans. By cosmetically acceptable is meant in the sense of the invention a composition of appearance, smell and pleasant touch, suitable for use in cosmetics.
Selon une variante de réalisation, les compositions cosmétiques considérées selon l'invention contiennent en outre au moins un agent de coloration. Comme précisé ci- après, cette définition couvre tout matériau organique ou inorganique apte à procurer un effet coloré et/ou optique. Selon une autre variante de réalisation, les compositions selon l'invention peuvent avantageusement comprendre au moins 30 % en poids d'une phase grasse par rapport au poids total d'une composition, notamment au moins 50 % en poids, voire au moins 70 % en poids. Selon encore une autre variante de réalisation, les compositions selon l'invention comprennent une phase grasse contenant au moins 5 %, en particulier au moins 7 % et notamment au moins 10 % en poids de corps gras solide(s) par rapport au poids total de la phase grasse, voire au moins 20% en poids, ou encore au moins 30% en poids.According to an alternative embodiment, the cosmetic compositions considered according to the invention also contain at least one coloring agent. As specified below, this definition covers any organic or inorganic material capable of providing a colored and / or optical effect. According to another variant embodiment, the compositions according to the invention may advantageously comprise at least 30% by weight of a fatty phase relative to the total weight of a composition, in particular at least 50% by weight, or even at least 70% in weight. According to yet another alternative embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise a fatty phase containing at least 5%, in particular at least 7% and in particular at least 10% by weight of solid fatty substance (s) relative to the total weight. of the fatty phase, or even at least 20% by weight, or at least 30% by weight.
Le terme « solide » caractérise l'état de la composition à température ambiante (25 0C) et à pression atmosphérique (760 mm de Hg).The term "solid" characterizes the state of the composition at ambient temperature (25 ° C.) and at atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg).
HuileOil
L'huile peut être choisie parmi toutes les huiles cosmétiquement acceptables, notamment les huiles minérales, végétales, synthétiques ; en particulier les huiles hydrocarbonées et/ou siliconées et/ou fluorées, volatiles ou non volatiles et leurs mélanges.The oil may be chosen from all cosmetically acceptable oils, in particular mineral, vegetable and synthetic oils; in particular the hydrocarbon oils and / or silicone and / or fluorinated, volatile or non-volatile and mixtures thereof.
Au sens de la présente invention, on entend par « huile siliconée », une huile comprenant au moins un atome de silicium, et notamment au moins un groupe Si-O.For the purposes of the present invention, the term "silicone oil" means an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and in particular at least one Si-O group.
On entend par "huile fluorée", une huile comprenant au moins un atome de fluor. Plus précisément, par « huile hydrocarbonée », on entend une huile comportant principalement des atomes de carbone et d'hydrogène et éventuellement une ou plusieurs fonctions choisies parmi les fonctions hydroxyle, ester, éther, carboxylique.The term "fluorinated oil" means an oil comprising at least one fluorine atom. More precisely, the term "hydrocarbon-based oil" means an oil comprising mainly carbon and hydrogen atoms and optionally one or more functional groups chosen from hydroxyl, ester, ether and carboxylic functions.
Huile Brillante Une composition selon l'invention contient avantageusement au moins une huile brillante.Brilliant Oil A composition according to the invention advantageously contains at least one glossy oil.
Plus précisément, par « huile brillante » selon l'invention, on entend une huile hydrocarbonée ou siliconée de masse moléculaire supérieure à 400 g/mol, voire àMore precisely, "brilliant oil" according to the invention is understood to mean a hydrocarbon or silicone oil with a molecular mass greater than 400 g / mol or even
500 g/mol, notamment à 650 g/mol. En particulier, cette huile brillante peut présenter une masse molaire allant de 400 à 10 000 g/mol, en particulier de 650 à 10 000 g/mol et plus particulièrement variant de 650 à 5000 g/mol.500 g / mol, especially at 650 g / mol. In particular, this glossy oil may have a molar mass ranging from 400 to 10,000 g / mol, in particular from 650 to 10,000 g / mol and more particularly ranging from 650 to 5,000 g / mol.
En particulier, une composition comprend une quantité suffisante en huile(s) brillante(s) pour procurer au moins une performance de maquillage de type brillance. Une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre une teneur en huile(s)) brillante(s) allant de 10 à 80 %, par exemple de 15 à 70 % en poids, de préférence de 20 à 60 % et de façon encore plus préférée de 25 à 60 % en poids, voire 30 à 60 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition. Cette huile brillante peut être polaire ou apolaire.In particular, a composition comprises a sufficient amount of glossy oil (s) to provide at least one gloss-like makeup performance. A composition according to the invention may comprise a content of oil (s)) brilliant (s) ranging from 10 to 80%, for example from 15 to 70% by weight, preferably from 20 to 60% and even more preferably from 25 to 60% by weight, or even 30 to 60% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition. This shiny oil can be polar or apolar.
Cette huile brillante est avantageusement une huile choisie parmi les huiles de masse molaire élevée ayant, en particulier, une masse molaire allant de 500 à 10 000 g/mol, en particulier de 500 à 8 000 g/mol et plus particulièrement de 550 à 7500 g/mol.This glossy oil is advantageously an oil chosen from high molecular weight oils having, in particular, a molar mass ranging from 500 to 10,000 g / mol, in particular from 500 to 8000 g / mol and more particularly from 550 to 7500 g / mol. g / mol.
De préférence, l'huile brillante a un indice de réfraction supérieur ou égal à 1,45 et notamment allant de 1,45 à 1,6.Preferably, the glossy oil has a refractive index greater than or equal to 1.45 and in particular ranging from 1.45 to 1.6.
L'huile brillante est de préférence une huile non volatile.The gloss oil is preferably a non-volatile oil.
Avantageusement, une huile brillante hydrocarbonée utilisable dans la présente invention peut être choisie parmi :Advantageously, a hydrocarbon-based glossy oil that can be used in the present invention can be chosen from:
- les polymères lipophiles tels que :lipophilic polymers such as:
- les polybutylènes tels que par exemple L'INDOPOL H-100 (de masse molaire ou MW=965 g/mol), L'INDOPOL H-300 (MW=1340 g/mol), L'INDOPOL H- 1500 (MW=2160g/mol), commercialisés ou fabriqués par la société AMOCO,polybutylenes such as, for example, INDOPOL H-100 (of molar mass or MW = 965 g / mol), INDOPOL H-300 (MW = 1340 g / mol), INDOPOL H-1500 (MW = 2160g / mol), marketed or manufactured by AMOCO,
- les polyisobutylènes hydrogénés tels que par exemple le PANALANE H-300 E commercialisé ou fabriqué par la société AMOCO (MW =1340 g/mol), le VISEAL 20000 commercialisé ou fabriqué par la société SYNTEAL (MW=6000 g/mol), le REWOPAL PIB 1000 commercialisé ou fabriqué par la société WITCO (MW=IOOO g/mol),hydrogenated polyisobutylenes, such as, for example, PANALANE H-300 E marketed or manufactured by AMOCO (MW = 1340 g / mol), Viseal 20000 marketed or manufactured by SYNTEAL (MW = 6000 g / mol), REWOPAL PIB 1000 marketed or manufactured by WITCO (MW = 1000 g / mol),
- les polydécènes et les polydécènes hydrogénés tels que par exemple : le PURESYN 10 (MW=723 g/mol) et le PURESYN 150 (MW=9200 g/mol), commercialisés ou fabriqués par la société MOBIL CHEMICALS,polydecenes and hydrogenated polydecenes, such as, for example: PURESYN 10 (MW = 723 g / mol) and PURESYN 150 (MW = 9200 g / mol), marketed or manufactured by MOBIL CHEMICALS,
- les copolymères de la vinylpyrrolidone tels que par exemple : le copolymère vinylpyrrolidone/1-héxadécène, ANTARON V-216 commercialisé ou fabriqué par la société ISP (MW=7300 g/mol),copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone such as, for example: the vinylpyrrolidone / 1-hexadecene copolymer, ANTARON V-216 sold or manufactured by ISP (MW = 7300 g / mol),
- les esters tels que : - les esters d'acides gras linéaires ayant un nombre total de carbone allant de 35 à 70 comme par exemple le tétrapélargonate de pentaérythrityle (MW=697 g/mol),esters such as: linear fatty acid esters having a total number of carbon ranging from 35 to 70, for example pentaerythrityl tetrapelargonate (MW = 697 g / mol),
- les esters hydroxylés tels que par exemple le triiso stéarate de polyglycérol-2 (MW=965 g/mol), le citrate de triisocétyle (MW=864 g/mol), le diisostéaryl malate (MW=639 g/mol) tel que commercialisé sous la dénomination Schercemol DISM par la société Lubrizol,hydroxylated esters such as, for example, polyglyceryl-2-triisostearate (MW = 965 g / mol), triisocetyl citrate (MW = 864 g / mol), diisostearyl malate (MW = 639 g / mol), such as sold under the name Schercemol DISM by the company Lubrizol,
- les esters aromatiques tels que par exemple le tridécyl trimellitate (MW=757 g/mol), - les esters d'alcool gras ou d'acides gras ramifiés en C24-C28 tels que par exemple ceux décrits dans la demande EP-A-O 955 039, et notamment le citrate de triisoarachidyle (MW=1033,76 g/mol), le tétraisononanoate de pentaérythrityle (MW=697 g/mol), le triisostéarate de glycéryle (MM=891 g/mol), le tri décyl-2 tétradécanoate de glycéryle (MW=I 143 g/mol), le tétraisostéarate de pentaérythrityle (MW=1202 g/mol), le tétraisostéarate de polyglycéryle -2 (MW= 1232 g/mol) ou encore le tétra décyl -2 tétradécanoate de pentaérythrityle (MW=1538 g/mol),aromatic esters such as, for example, tridecyl trimellitate (MW = 757 g / mol), esters of branched fatty alcohol or of C24-C28 fatty acids such as, for example, those described in application EP-AO 955; 039, and in particular triisoarachidyl citrate (MW = 1033.76 g / mol), pentaerythrityl tetraisonanoate (MW = 697 g / mol), glyceryl triisostearate (MM = 891 g / mol), tri decyl-2 glyceryl tetradecanoate (MW = I 143 g / mol), pentaerythrityl tetraisostearate (MW = 1202 g / mol), polyglyceryl -2 tetraisostearate (MW = 1232 g / mol) or pentaerythrityl tetra decyl-2 tetradecanoate; (MW = 1538 g / mol),
- un polyester résultant de l'estérification d'au moins un triglycéride d'acide(s) carboxylique(s) hydroxylé(s) par un acide monocarboxylique aliphatique et par un acide dicarboxylique aliphatique, éventuellement insaturé comme par exemple l'huile de ricin d'acide succinique et d'acide isostéarique commercialisée sous la référence Zénigloss par Zénitech,a polyester resulting from the esterification of at least one carboxylic acid (s) triglyceride (s) hydroxylated with an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid and an optionally unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic acid, for example castor oil; of succinic acid and isostearic acid sold under the reference Zénigloss by Zenitech,
- les esters de dimère diol et de dimère diacide de formule générale HO-R1-(-OCO-R2-COO-R1-)h-OH, dans laquelle : R1 représente un reste de dimère diol obtenu par hydrogénation du diacide dilinoléiquethe diol dimer and diacid dimer esters of general formula HO-R 1 - (-COCO-R 2 -COO-R 1 -) h -OH, in which: R 1 represents a diol dimer residue obtained by hydrogenation of Dilinoleic acid
R2 représente un reste de diacide dilinoléique hydrogéné, et h représente un entier variant de 1 à 9, notamment les esters de diacides dilinoléiques et de dimères diols dilinoléiques commercialisés par la société NIPPON FINE CHEMICAL sous la dénomination commerciale LUSPLAN DD-D A5® et DD-DA7®, - les huiles d'origine végétale telles que par exemple l'huile de sésame (MW=820 g/mol), - et leurs mélanges.R 2 is a radical of hydrogenated dilinoleic diacid, and h represents an integer ranging from 1 to 9, in particular esters of dilinoleic diacids and dilinoleyl dimer diols sold by the company Nippon Fine Chemical under the trade name DD-D Lusplan A5 ® and DD-DA7 ® , - oils of vegetable origin such as, for example, sesame oil (MW = 820 g / mol), - and their mixtures.
L'huile brillante hydrocarbonée peut également être un oligomère de triglycéride d'acide gras hydroxylé et de diacide saturé.The hydrocarbon glossy oil may also be a hydroxylated fatty acid triglyceride oligomer and saturated diacid.
Un tel oligomère est obtenu par réaction d'un triglycéride d'acide gras hydroxylé (tel que l'huile de ricin hydrogénée) et d'un diacide saturé.Such an oligomer is obtained by reacting a hydroxylated fatty acid triglyceride (such as hydrogenated castor oil) and a saturated diacid.
Selon l'invention, le diacide est dit saturé lorsque la chaîne hydrocarbonée le constituant ne comporte pas d'insaturation, à savoir de double liaison carbone-carbone. On entend par diacide, un composé hydrocarboné comprenant deux fonctions carboxyles -COOH. Le diacide peut-être un diacide unique ou un mélange de plusieurs diacides.According to the invention, the diacid is said to be saturated when the hydrocarbon chain constituting it does not contain unsaturation, namely carbon-carbon double bond. The term "diacid" means a hydrocarbon compound comprising two carboxyl functions -COOH. The diacid may be a single diacid or a mixture of several diacids.
De même, au sens de l'invention, l'oligomère peut-être un mélange de plusieurs oligomères.Similarly, within the meaning of the invention, the oligomer may be a mixture of several oligomers.
Parmi les diacides saturés pouvant être utilisés, on peut citer l'acide sébacique (ou acide 1,10-décanedioïque), l'acide succinique, l'acide adipique, l'acide azélaïque, l'acide octadécaméthylène dicarboxylique et l'acide eïcosadicarboxylique.Among the saturated diacids that may be used, mention may be made of sebacic acid (or 1,10-decanedioic acid), succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, octadecamethylene dicarboxylic acid and eicosadicarboxylic acid. .
Plus particulièrement, l'oligomère peut être un oligoester dont les monomères sont représentés par les formules (A) de triglycéride et (B) de diacide suivantes :More particularly, the oligomer may be an oligoester whose monomers are represented by the following formulas (A) of triglyceride and (B) diacid:
R2 R2 R2 I IR2 R2 R2 I I
CHOH CHOH CHOHCHOH CHOH CHOH
I I I Rl Rl RlI I I Rl Rl Rl
C=O C =O C =OC = O C = O C = O
O O O CH0 CH CHOOO CH 0 CH CH
(A)(AT)
O OO O
HO—C — X— C -OHHO-C - X- C -OH
(B) dans lesquelles(B) in which
Ri représente un groupe alkylène saturé ou insaturé, linéaire ou ramifié comprenant par exemple de 1 à 18 atomes de carbone, et R2 représente un groupe alkyle saturé ou insaturé, linéaire ou ramifié comprenant par exemple de 1 à 12 atomes de carbone ;R 1 represents a saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched alkylene group comprising, for example, from 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 2 represents an alkyl group saturated or unsaturated, linear or branched comprising for example 1 to 12 carbon atoms;
Ri représente de préférence un groupe -(CH2)D-, où n peut varier de 1 à 20 et notamment de 3 à 16, par exemple de 6 à 12 ; R2 représente de préférence un groupe -(CH2)mCH3, où m peut varier de 0 à 11 et notamment de 2 à 11 , par exemple de 3 à 9 ;R 1 preferably represents a group - (CH 2 ) D-, where n can vary from 1 to 20 and in particular from 3 to 16, for example from 6 to 12; R 2 preferably represents a group - (CH 2 ) m CH 3, where m can vary from 0 to 11 and in particular from 2 to 11, for example from 3 to 9;
OH Rl C R2OH R1 C R2
Selon un mode de réalisation n=10 et m=5, et le groupe représente le résidu alkyle de l'acide 12-hydroxystéarique (composant majoritaire de l'huile de ricin hydrogénée) ;According to one embodiment n = 10 and m = 5, and the group represents the alkyl residue of 12-hydroxystearic acid (major component of hydrogenated castor oil);
Xi est un groupe alkylène linéaire ou ramifié tel que par exemple un groupe alkylène linéaire -(CH2)X-, où x peut varier de 1 à 30 et notamment de 3 à 15. Lorsque le diacide est l'acide sébacique, x est égal à 8. Le degré de polymérisation moyen de l'oligomère peut varier entre 3 et 12. L'oligoester d'huile de ricin hydrogénée et d'acide sébacique est notamment commercialisé par la société CRODA sous différentes dénominations suivant le degré de polymérisation.Xi is a linear or branched alkylene group such as, for example, a linear alkylene group - (CH 2 ) X -, where x can vary from 1 to 30 and especially from 3 to 15. When the diacid is sebacic acid, x is equal to 8. The average degree of polymerization of the oligomer can vary between 3 and 12. The oligoester hydrogenated castor oil and sebacic acid is marketed by the company CRODA under different names depending on the degree of polymerization.
Parmi les oligoesters formés d'huile de ricin hydrogénée et d'acide sébacique, celui ayant un degré de polymérisation d'environ 4,6 est disponible sous la dénomination commerciale « CROMADOL CWS-5 » et celui ayant un degré de polymérisation d'environ 9,5 est disponible sous la dénomination commerciale « CROMADOLOf the oligoesters formed from hydrogenated castor oil and sebacic acid, that having a degree of polymerization of about 4.6 is available under the trade name "CROMADOL CWS-5" and that having a degree of polymerization of about 9.5 is available under the trade name "CROMADOL
CWS-IO », commercialisés par Croda Japan K.K.CWS-10, marketed by Croda Japan K.K.
On cite également l'oligomère d'huile de ricin hydrogénée et d'acide sébacique vendu sous la dénomination CROD ABOND-CSA (PM = 3500) par la société CRODA.The oligomer of hydrogenated castor oil and sebacic acid sold under the name CROD ABOND-CSA (MW = 3500) by the company CRODA is also mentioned.
L'huile brillante peut être également une huile choisie parmi les huiles siliconées comme les polydiméthylsiloxanes (PDMS); les silicones phénylées comme les phényl triméthicones (telles que la phényl triméthicone vendue sous le nom commercialThe glossy oil may also be an oil chosen from silicone oils such as polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMS); phenyl silicones such as phenyl trimethicones (such as phenyl trimethicone sold under the trade name
DC556 par Dow Corning), les phényl diméthicones, les phényl triméthylsiloxy diphényl siloxanes, les diphényl diméthicones, le diphényl méthyldiphényl trisiloxane, le triméthyl pentaphényl trisiloxane (notamment le 1,3,5-triméthyl 1,1,3,5,5-pentaphenyl trisiloxane commercialisé sous le nom PH- 1555 HRI par Dow Corning) et leurs mélanges.DC556 by Dow Corning), phenyl dimethicones, phenyl trimethylsiloxy diphenyl siloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenyl methyldiphenyl trisiloxane, trimethyl pentaphenyl trisiloxane (especially 1,3,5-trimethyl-1,1,3,5,5-pentaphenyl trisiloxane sold under the name PH-1555 HRI by Dow Corning) and mixtures thereof.
De préférence, il s'agit d'une huile hydrocarbonée.Preferably, it is a hydrocarbon oil.
Huile fluideFluid oil
Comme il ressort de ce qui précède, il est généralement nécessaire d'associer à une huile brillante dotée d'une viscosité élevée, une huile plus fluide de manière à garantir à la composition correspondante des qualités de dépôt satisfaisantes. Or, ces huiles fluides, au regard précisément de leur fluidité, peuvent dans certaines circonstances être sujettes à un phénomène de migration, préjudiciable pour sa part aux qualités de maquillage. En particulier les contours du film de maquillage perdent en netteté compte-tenu de l'aptitude de certaines de ces huiles à diffuser.As is apparent from the foregoing, it is generally necessary to associate with a gloss oil having a high viscosity a more fluid oil so as to provide the corresponding composition with satisfactory deposition qualities. However, these fluid oils, with regard precisely to their fluidity, may under certain circumstances be subject to a phenomenon of migration, detrimental for its part to the qualities of makeup. In particular the contours of the makeup film lose in sharpness given the ability of some of these oils to diffuse.
L'invention permet précisément de limiter la mise en œuvre de ces huiles fluides dans des compositions requérant la présence d'huile(s) brillante(s).The invention makes it possible to limit the use of these fluid oils in compositions requiring the presence of glossy oil (s).
Au sens de l'invention, l'expression huile fluide désigne une huile de masse moléculaire inférieure à 400 g/mol, et en particulier variant de 100 à 390 g/mol. Cette huile peut être volatile ou non. Cette huile peut être hydrocarbonée ou siliconée. Par « huile volatile », on entend au sens de l'invention une huile susceptible de s'évaporer au contact de la peau ou de la fibre kératinique en moins d'une heure, à température ambiante et pression atmosphérique. Les huiles volatiles de l'invention sont des huiles cosmétiques volatiles, liquides à température ambiante, ayant une pression de vapeur non nulle, à température ambiante et pression atmosphérique, allant en particulier de 0,13 Pa à 40 000 Pa (10~3 à 300 mm de Hg), en particulier allant de 1,3 Pa à 13 000 Pa (0,01 à 100 mm de Hg), et plus particulièrement allant de 1,3 Pa à 1300 Pa (0,01 à 10 mm de Hg).For the purposes of the invention, the expression "fluid oil" designates an oil having a molecular mass of less than 400 g / mol, and in particular ranging from 100 to 390 g / mol. This oil can be volatile or not. This oil can be hydrocarbon or silicone. For the purposes of the invention, the term "volatile oil" means an oil capable of evaporating on contact with the skin or keratin fiber in less than one hour at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure. The volatile oils of the invention are volatile cosmetic oils which are liquid at ambient temperature and have a non-zero vapor pressure at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure, in particular from 0.13 Pa to 40,000 Pa (10 -3 to 300 mmHg), in particular ranging from 1.3 Pa to 13 000 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 10 mmHg). ).
Par « huile non volatile », on entend une huile restant sur la peau ou la fibre kératinique à température ambiante et pression atmosphérique au moins plusieurs heures et ayant notamment une pression de vapeur inférieure à 10" mm de Hg (0,13 Pa).The term "non-volatile oil" means an oil remaining on the skin or the keratin fiber at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure for at least several hours and in particular having a vapor pressure of less than 10 " mmHg (0.13 Pa).
Une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre moins de 2 %, voire moins de 1 % d'huile volatile ou encore est totalement exempte d'huile volatile. A titre d'exemple d'huile fluide utilisable dans l'invention, on peut citer : les huiles hydrocarbonées volatiles choisies parmi les huiles hydro carbonées ayant de 8 à 16 atomes de carbones, et notamment les alcanes ramifiés en C8-C16 comme les isoalcanes en Cs-Ci6 d'origine pétrolière (appelées aussi isoparaffines) comme l'isododécane (encore appelé 2,2,4,4,6-pentaméthylheptane), l'isodécane, l'isohexadécane, et par exemple les huiles vendues sous les noms commerciaux d'Isopars ou de Permetyls, les esters ramifiés en Cs-Ci6 le néopentanoate d'iso-hexyle, et leurs mélanges. D'autres huiles hydrocarbonées volatiles comme les distillats de pétrole, notamment ceux vendus sous la dénomination Shell SoIt par la société SHELL, peuvent aussi être utilisées ; les silicones volatiles, comme par exemple les huiles de silicones linéaires ou cycliques volatiles, notamment celles ayant une viscosité < 8 centistokes (8 10~6 m2/s), et ayant notamment de 2 à 6 atomes de silicium, ces silicones comportant éventuellement des groupes alkyle ou alkoxy ayant de 1 à 10 atomes de carbone. Comme huile de silicone volatile utilisable dans l'invention, on peut citer notamment l'octaméthyl cyclotétrasiloxane, l'heptaméthyloctyl trisiloxane, l'hexaméthyl disiloxane, l'octaméthyl trisiloxane, le décaméthyl tétrasiloxane ; les esters de synthèse notamment d'acides gras comme les huiles de formule R1COOR2 dans laquelle Ri représente le reste d'un acide gras supérieur linéaire ou ramifié comportant de 1 à 30 atomes de carbone et R2 représente une chaîne hydrocarbonée notamment ramifiée contenant de 1 à 30 atomes de carbone avec Ri + R2 < 30 comme par exemple l'huile de Purcellin (octanoate de cétostéaryle), l'isononanoate d'isononyle, le myristate d'isopropyle, le palmitate d'isopropyle, le benzoate d'alcool en Ci2 à C15, le laurate d'hexyle, l'adipate de diisopropyle, le palmitate d'éthyl 2-hexyle, l'isostéarate d'isostéaryle; les octanoates, décanoates ou ricinoléates d'alcools ou de polyalcools comme le dioctanoate de propylène glycol ; les esters hydroxylés comme l'isostéaryl lactate, l'octyl hydroxy stéarate; des esters de polyol comme le dioctanoate de propylène glycol, le diheptanoate de néopentyl glycol, le diisononanoate de diéthylène glycol ;A composition according to the invention may comprise less than 2% or even less than 1% of volatile oil or is completely free of volatile oil. By way of example of a fluid oil that can be used in the invention, mention may be made of: volatile hydrocarbon oils chosen from hydrocarbon-based oils having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms, and especially branched C 8 -C 16 alkanes such as isoalkanes in Cs-Ci 6 of petroleum origin (also called isoparaffins) such as isododecane (also called 2,2,4,4,6-pentamethylheptane), isodecane, isohexadecane, and for example the oils sold under them. commercial names of Isopars or permetyls, C 6 -C 6 branched esters, isohexyl neopentanoate, and mixtures thereof. Other volatile hydrocarbon oils such as petroleum distillates, in particular those sold under the name Shell SoIt by Shell, may also be used; volatile silicones, for example volatile linear or cyclic silicone oils, especially those having a viscosity <8 centistokes (8 10 ~ 6 m 2 / s), and having in particular from 2 to 6 silicon atoms, these silicones optionally comprising alkyl or alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. As volatile silicone oil that may be used in the invention, mention may be made in particular of octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, heptamethyloctyltrisiloxane, hexamethyl disiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane and decamethyltetrasiloxane; synthetic esters, especially of fatty acids, such as the oils of formula R1COOR2 in which R1 represents the residue of a linear or branched higher fatty acid containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms and R 2 represents a hydrocarbon chain, in particular branched, containing 1 at 30 carbon atoms with R 1 + R 2 <30 such as, for example, purcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isononyl isononanoate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, alcohol benzoate -C 2 -C 15, hexyl laurate, diisopropyl adipate, ethyl palmitate, 2-hexyl, isostearyl isostearate; octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates of alcohols or polyalcohols such as propylene glycol dioctanoate; hydroxylated esters such as isostearyl lactate, octyl hydroxy stearate; polyol esters such as propylene glycol dioctanoate, neopentyl glycol diheptanoate, diethylene glycol diisononanoate;
- les alcools gras liquides à température ambiante à chaîne carbonée ramifiée et/ou insaturée ayant de 8 à 26 atomes de carbone comme l'alcool oléique, l'alcool linoléique ou linolénique, l'alcool isostéarique ou l'octyl dodécanol tel que commercialisé sous la référence commerciale Eutanol G ® par la société Cognis ;- at room temperature liquid alcohol with a branched and / or unsaturated carbon chain containing from 8 to 26 carbon atoms such as oleic alcohol, linoleic alcohol or linolenic, isostearyl alcohol or octyl dodecanol as marketed under the trade name Eutanol G® by Cognis;
- les acides gras supérieurs tels que l'acide oléique, l'acide linoléique, l'acide linolénique ; - les carbonates ; les acétates ; les citrates ; les huiles siliconées comme les polydiméthylsiloxanes (PDMS); et leurs mélanges.higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid; - carbonates; acetates; citrates; silicone oils such as polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMS); and their mixtures.
Plus particulièrement, une composition conforme selon l'invention comprend moins de 30 % en poids, avantageusement moins de 25 % en poids, et plus particulièrement moins de 20 % en poids d'huile(s) fluide(s), et en particulier d'hydrocarbure(s) linéaire(s) ou ramifïé(s), et/ou d'alcool(s) gras liquides à température ambiante à chaîne carbonée ramifiée et/ou insaturée ayant de 8 à 26 atomes de carbone.More particularly, a composition according to the invention comprises less than 30% by weight, advantageously less than 25% by weight, and more particularly less than 20% by weight of fluid oil (s), and in particular linear (or branched) hydrocarbon (s) and / or branched-chain and / or unsaturated carbon-chain liquid fatty alcohol having 8 to 26 carbon atoms.
Avantageusement, les compositions contenant au moins une huile brillante notamment à raison d'au moins 10 % en poids peuvent contenir moins de 30 % en poids en particulier moins de 20 % en poids d'huile(s) fluides(s) par rapport au poids total de la composition. Par ailleurs, les compositions contenant au moins une huile brillante, peuvent comprendre celle-ci dans un rapport pondéral huile(s) brillante(s)/huile(s) fluide(s) supérieur à 0,5 ; notamment supérieure à 1.Advantageously, the compositions containing at least one glossy oil, in particular at least 10% by weight, may contain less than 30% by weight, in particular less than 20% by weight of fluid oil (s) relative to total weight of the composition. Furthermore, the compositions containing at least one glossy oil, can comprise it in a glossy oil (s) / fluid oil (s) weight ratio greater than 0.5; especially greater than 1.
Phase grasse Une composition selon l'invention comprend donc au moins une phase grasse, par exemple à raison d'au moins 20 % en poids, en particulier au moins 30 % en poids, notamment au moins 40 % en poids, voire d'au moins 60 % en poids par rapport à son poids total. Cette phase peut contenir au moins un corps gras solide choisi parmi les cires et les composés pâteux. La phase grasse comprend généralement au moins une huile et/ou au moins une cire. Une composition selon l'invention peut également contenir un ou plusieurs corps gras solides, notamment à une teneur au moins égale à 5 % en poids, en particulier au moins égale à 10 % en poids par rapport à son poids total.Fatty phase A composition according to the invention therefore comprises at least one fatty phase, for example at least 20% by weight, in particular at least 30% by weight, in particular at least 40% by weight, or even at less than 60% by weight relative to its total weight. This phase may contain at least one solid fatty substance chosen from waxes and pasty compounds. The fatty phase generally comprises at least one oil and / or at least one wax. A composition according to the invention may also contain one or more solid fatty substances, especially at a content of at least 5% by weight, in particular at least 10% by weight relative to its total weight.
Ces corps gras solides peuvent être choisis parmi les cires, les composés pâteux et leurs mélanges.These solid fatty substances may be chosen from waxes, pasty compounds and mixtures thereof.
CIREWAX
La cire considérée dans le cadre de la présente invention est d'une manière générale un composé lipophile, solide à température ambiante (25 0C), à changement d'état solide/liquide réversible, ayant un point de fusion supérieur ou égal à 30 0C pouvant aller jusqu'à 200 0C et notamment jusqu'à 120 0C.The wax considered in the context of the present invention is generally a lipophilic compound, solid at room temperature (25 ° C.), with reversible solid / liquid state change, having a melting point greater than or equal to 30 ° C. 0 C can go up to 200 0 C and in particular up to 120 0 C.
Selon un mode de réalisation de l'invention, les cires d'épilation sont exclues, à titre de cires convenant à la mise en œuvre de l'invention.According to one embodiment of the invention, depilatory waxes are excluded, as waxes suitable for the implementation of the invention.
En particulier, les cires convenant à l'invention peuvent présenter un point de fusion supérieur ou égal à 45 0C, et en particulier supérieur ou égal à 55 0C.In particular, the waxes that are suitable for the invention may have a melting point greater than or equal to 45 ° C., and in particular greater than or equal to 55 ° C.
Au sens de l'invention, la température de fusion correspond à la température du pic le plus endothermique observé en analyse thermique (DSC) telle que décrite dans la norme ISO 11357-3 ; 1999. Le point de fusion de la cire peut être mesuré à l'aide d'un calorimètre à balayage différentiel (DSC), par exemple le calorimètre vendu sous la dénomination « MDSC 2920 » par la société TA Instruments. Le protocole de mesure est le suivant :For the purposes of the invention, the melting temperature corresponds to the temperature of the most endothermic peak observed in thermal analysis (DSC) as described in ISO 11357-3; 1999. The melting point of the wax can be measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), for example the calorimeter sold under the name "MDSC 2920" by the company TA Instruments. The measurement protocol is as follows:
Un échantillon de 5 mg de cire disposé dans un creuset est soumis à une première montée en température allant de -20 0C à 100 0C, à la vitesse de chauffe deA sample of 5 mg of wax placed in a crucible is subjected to a first temperature rise ranging from -20 ° C. to 100 ° C., at the heating rate of
10 °C/minute, puis est refroidi de 100 0C à -20 0C à une vitesse de refroidissement de 10 °C/minute et enfin soumis à une deuxième montée en température allant de -20 0C à10 ° C / minute, then cooled from 100 0 C to -20 0 C at a cooling rate of 10 ° C / minute and finally subjected to a second temperature rise from -20 0 C to
100 0C à une vitesse de chauffe de 5 °C/minute. Pendant la deuxième montée en température, on mesure la variation de la différence de puissance absorbée par le creuset vide et par le creuset contenant l'échantillon de cire en fonction de la température. Le point de fusion du composé est la valeur de la température correspondant au sommet du pic de la courbe représentant la variation de la différence de puissance absorbée en fonction de la température. Les cires susceptibles d'être utilisées dans les compositions selon l'invention sont choisies parmi les cires, solides, à température ambiante d'origine animale, végétale, minérale ou de synthèse et leurs mélanges.100 0 C at a heating rate of 5 ° C / minute. During the second temperature rise, the variation of the power difference absorbed by the empty crucible and the crucible containing the wax sample as a function of temperature is measured. The melting point of the compound is the value of the temperature corresponding to the peak apex of the curve representing the variation of the difference in power absorbed as a function of the temperature. The waxes that may be used in the compositions according to the invention are chosen from waxes, solid, at room temperature of animal, vegetable, mineral or synthetic origin, and mixtures thereof.
^ A titre illustratif des cires convenant à l'invention, on peut notamment citer les cires hydrocarbonées comme la cire d'abeille, la cire de lanoline, et les cires d'insectes de Chine, la cire de son de riz, la cire de Carnauba, la cire de Candellila, la cire d'Ouricury, la cire d'Alfa, la cire de berry, la cire de shellac, la cire du Japon et la cire de sumac; la cire de montan, les cires d'orange et de citron, les cires microcristallines (telle que la celle commercialisée sous la référence Microwax HW par la société Paramelt), les paraffines et l'ozokérite; les cires de polyéthylène telles que celles commercialisées sous la dénomination Performalene 500-L etIllustrative waxes suitable for the invention include hydrocarbon-based waxes such as beeswax, lanolin wax, and Chinese insect waxes, rice bran wax, coconut wax and the like. Carnauba, Candelilla wax, Ouricury wax, Alfa wax, berry wax, shellac wax, Japanese wax and sumac wax; montan wax, orange and lemon waxes, microcrystalline waxes (such as the one sold under the reference Microwax HW by Paramelt), paraffins and ozokerite; polyethylene waxes such as those sold under the name Performalene 500-L and
Performalene 400 par la société New Phase Technologies, les cires obtenues par la synthèse de Fisher-Tropsch.Performalene 400 by the company New Phase Technologies, the waxes obtained by the Fisher-Tropsch synthesis.
On peut aussi citer des cires obtenues par hydrogénation catalytique d'huiles animales ou végétales ayant des chaînes grasses, linéaires ou ramifiées, en C8-C32. Parmi celles-ci, on peut notamment citer l'huile de jojoba isomérisée telle que l'huile de jojoba partiellement hydrogénée isomérisée trans fabriquée ou commercialisée par la sociétéThere may also be mentioned waxes obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of animal or vegetable oils having linear or branched C8-C32 fatty chains. Among these, there may be mentioned isomerized jojoba oil such as trans isomerized partially hydrogenated jojoba oil manufactured or marketed by the company.
DESERT WHALE sous la référence commerciale Iso-Jojoba-50®, l'huile de tournesol hydrogénée, l'huile de ricin hydrogénée, l'huile de coprah hydrogénée, l'huile de lanoline hydrogénée, et le tétrastéarate de di-(triméthylol-l,l,l propane) vendu sous la dénomination de Hest 2T-4S® par la société HETERENE.Desert Whale under the commercial reference Iso-Jojoba-50 ®, hydrogenated sunflower oil, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated coconut oil, hydrogenated lanolin oil and tetrastearate di- (trimethylol l, l, l propane) sold under the name Hest 2T-4S ® by the company HETERENE.
On peut encore citer les cires de silicone (C30-45 ALKYL DIMETHICONE), les cires fluorées.Mention may also be made of silicone waxes (C30-45 ALKYL DIMETHICONE) and fluorinated waxes.
On peut également utiliser les cires obtenues par hydrogénation d'huile de ricin estérifîée avec l'alcool cétylique vendues sous les dénominations de Phytowax ricin 16L64® et 22L73® par la société SOPHIM. De telles cires sont décrites dans la demande FR-A- 2792190.One can also use waxes obtained by hydrogenation of castor oil esterified with cetyl alcohol sold under the names Phytowax ricin 16L64 and 22L73 ® ® by Sophim. Such waxes are described in application FR-A-2792190.
Comme cire, on peut utiliser un (hydroxystéaryloxy) stéarate d'alkyle en C20-C40 (le groupe alkyle comprenant de 20 à 40 atomes de carbone), seul ou en mélange. Une telle cire est notamment vendue sous les dénominations « Kester Wax K 82 P® », « Hydroxypolyester K 82 P® » et « Kester Wax K 80 P® », et « Kester Wax K 82 H® » par la société KOSTER KEUNEN. Comme microcires pouvant être utilisées dans les compositions selon l'invention, on peut citer notamment les micro cires de carnauba telles que celle commercialisée sous la dénomination de MicroCare 350® par la société MICRO POWDERS, les micro cires de cire synthétique telles que celle commercialisée sous la dénomination de MicroEase 114S® par la société MICRO POWDERS, les micro cires constituées d'un mélange de cire de carnauba et de cire de polyéthylène telles que celles commercialisées sous les dénominations de Micro Care 300® et 310® par la société MICRO POWDERS, les micro cires constituées d'un mélange de cire de carnauba et de cire synthétique telles que celle commercialisée sous la dénomination Micro Care 325® par la société MICRO POWDERS, les micro cires de polyéthylène telles que celles commercialisées sous les dénominations de Micropoly 200®, 220®, 220L® et 250S® par la société MICRO POWDERS et les micro cires de polytétrafluoroéthylène telles que celles commercialisées sous les dénominations de Microslip 519® et 519 L® par la société MICRO POWDERS. La composition selon l'invention peut comprendre une teneur en cires allant deAs the wax, a C20-C40 alkyl (hydroxystearyloxy) stearate (the alkyl group comprising from 20 to 40 carbon atoms), alone or in admixture, can be used. Such a wax is especially sold under the names "Kester Wax K 82 P ® ", "Hydroxypolyester K 82 P ® " and "Kester Wax K 80 P ® ", and "Kester Wax K 82 H ® " by the company Koster Keunen. As microwaxes which can be used in the compositions according to the invention, mention may be made especially of carnauba microwaxes, such as that sold under the name MicroCare 350 ® by the company MICRO POWDERS, the micro synthetic wax such as that sold under the name MicroEase 114S ® by the company MICRO POWDERS, the micro waxes consisting of a mixture of carnauba wax and polyethylene wax such as those sold under the names Micro Care 300 ® and 310 ® by the company MICRO POWDERS, microwaxes consisting of a mixture of carnauba wax and synthetic wax such as that sold under the name micro Care 325 ® by the company mICRO POWDERS, the micro waxes of polyethylene such as those sold under the names Micropoly 200 ®, 220 ® , 220L ® and 250S ® by the company MICRO POWDERS and the polytetraf micro waxes luoroethylene such as those sold under the names Microslip 519 ® and 519 L ® by the company Micro Powders. The composition according to the invention may comprise a wax content ranging from
0,1 à 50 % en poids, en particulier de 0,1 à 45 % en poids, par exemple 2 à 35 % en poids, 4 à 30 % en poids, ou encore selon certains modes de réalisation de 4 à 15 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition.0.1 to 50% by weight, in particular from 0.1 to 45% by weight, for example 2 to 35% by weight, 4 to 30% by weight, or according to some embodiments from 4 to 15% by weight. weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
Composés pâteuxPaste compounds
La composition selon l'invention peut également comprendre, au moins un composé pâteux.The composition according to the invention may also comprise at least one pasty compound.
Par "pâteux" au sens de la présente invention, on entend un composé gras lipophile à changement d'état solide/liquide réversible, présentant à l'état solide une organisation cristalline anisotrope, et comportant à la température de 23 0C une fraction liquide et une fraction solide.For the purposes of the present invention, the term "pasty" is understood to mean a lipophilic fat compound with a reversible solid / liquid state change, having in the solid state an anisotropic crystalline organization and comprising at a temperature of 23 ° C. a liquid fraction. and a solid fraction.
En d'autres termes, la température de fusion commençante du composé pâteux peut être inférieure à 23 0C. La fraction liquide du composé pâteux mesurée à 23 0C peut représenter 9 à 97 % en poids du composé. Cette fraction liquide à 23 0C représente de préférence entre 15 et 85 %, de préférence encore entre 40 et 85 % en poids. La fraction liquide en poids du composé pâteux à 23 0C est égale au rapport de l'enthalpie de fusion consommée à 23 0C sur l'enthalpie de fusion du composé pâteux.In other words, the starting melting temperature of the pasty compound may be less than 23 ° C. The liquid fraction of the pasty compound measured at 23 ° C. may represent 9 to 97% by weight of the compound. This liquid fraction at 23 ° C. preferably represents between 15 and 85%, more preferably between 40 and 85% by weight. The liquid fraction by weight of the pasty compound at 23 ° C. is equal to the ratio of the enthalpy of fusion consumed at 23 ° C. on the heat of fusion of the pasty compound.
L'enthalpie de fusion du composé pâteux est l'enthalpie consommée par le composé pour passer de l'état solide à l'état liquide. Le composé pâteux est dit à l'état solide lorsque l'intégralité de sa masse est sous forme solide. Le composé pâteux est dit à l'état liquide lorsque l'intégralité de sa masse est sous forme liquide.The heat of fusion of the pasty compound is the enthalpy consumed by the compound to pass from the solid state to the liquid state. The pasty compound is said to be in the solid state when the entirety of its mass is in solid form. The pasty compound is said to be in a liquid state when all of its mass is in liquid form.
L'enthalpie de fusion du composé pâteux est égale à l'aire sous la courbe du thermogramme obtenu à l'aide d'un calorimètre à balayage différentiel (D. S. C), tel que le calorimètre vendu sous la dénomination MDSC 2920 par la société TA instrument, avec une montée en température de 5 ou 10 0C par minute, selon la norme ISO 11357-3:1999. L'enthalpie de fusion du composé pâteux est la quantité d'énergie nécessaire pour faire passer le composé de l'état solide à l'état liquide. Elle est exprimée en J/g.The enthalpy of fusion of the pasty compound is equal to the area under the curve of the thermogram obtained using a differential scanning calorimeter (DS C), such as the calorimeter sold under the name MDSC 2920 by the company TA instrument, with a rise in temperature of 5 or 10 0 C per minute, according to the standard ISO 11357-3: 1999. The enthalpy of fusion of the pasty compound is the amount of energy required to pass the compound from the solid state to the liquid state. It is expressed in J / g.
L'enthalpie de fusion consommée à 23 0C est la quantité d'énergie absorbée par l'échantillon pour passer de l'état solide à l'état qu'il présente à 23 0C constitué d'une fraction liquide et d'une fraction solide.The enthalpy of fusion consumed at 23 ° C. is the amount of energy absorbed by the sample to change from the solid state to the state that it exhibits at 23 ° C., consisting of a liquid fraction and a liquid fraction. solid fraction.
La fraction liquide du composé pâteux mesurée à 32 0C représente de préférence de 30 à 100 % en poids du composé, de préférence de 50 à 100 %, de préférence encore de 60 à 100 % en poids du composé. Lorsque la fraction liquide du composé pâteux mesurée à 32 0C est égale à 100 %, la température de la fin de la plage de fusion du composé pâteux est inférieure ou égale à 32 0C.The liquid fraction of the pasty compound measured at 32 ° C. preferably represents from 30 to 100% by weight of the compound, preferably from 50 to 100%, more preferably from 60 to 100% by weight of the compound. When the liquid fraction of the pasty compound measured at 32 ° C. is equal to 100%, the temperature of the end of the melting range of the pasty compound is less than or equal to 32 ° C.
La fraction liquide du composé pâteux mesurée à 32 0C est égale au rapport de l'enthalpie de fusion consommée à 32 0C sur l'enthalpie de fusion du composé pâteux. L'enthalpie de fusion consommée à 32 0C est calculée de la même façon que l'enthalpie de fusion consommée à 23 0C. Le composé pâteux est de préférence choisi parmi les composés synthétiques et les composés d'origine végétale. Un composé pâteux peut être obtenu par synthèse à partir de produits de départ d'origine végétale.The liquid fraction of the pasty compound measured at 32 ° C. is equal to the ratio of the enthalpy of fusion consumed at 32 ° C. on the heat of fusion of the pasty compound. The heat of fusion consumed at 32 ° C. is calculated in the same way as the heat of fusion consumed at 23 ° C. The pasty compound is preferably chosen from synthetic compounds and compounds of plant origin. A pasty compound can be obtained synthetically from starting materials of plant origin.
Le composé pâteux peut avantageusement être choisi parmi : i) la lanoline et ses dérivés, ii) les composés siliconés polymères ou non, iii) les composés fluorés polymères ou non, iv) les polymères vinyliques, notamment :The pasty compound may advantageously be chosen from: i) lanolin and its derivatives, ii) polymeric or non-polymeric silicone compounds, iii) polymeric or non-polymeric fluorinated compounds, iv) vinyl polymers, in particular:
- les homopolymères et copolymères d'oléfïnes,homopolymers and copolymers of olefins,
- les homopolymères et copolymères de diènes hydrogénés,homopolymers and copolymers of hydrogenated dienes,
- les oligomères linéaires ou ramifiés, homo ou copolymères de (méth)acrylates d'alkyles ayant de préférence un groupement alkyle en C8-C30,linear or branched oligomers, homo or copolymers of alkyl (meth) acrylates preferably having a C 8 -C 30 alkyl group,
- les copolymères de vinylpyrrolidone/eicosène (nom INCI VP/eicosene copolymer), par exemple vendu par la société ISP sous le nom commercial Ganex V220F®,- vinylpyrrolidone / eicosene (INCI name VP / eicosene copolymer), for example sold by the company ISP under the trade name Ganex V220F ®,
- les oligomères homo et copolymères de vinyléthers ayant des groupements alkyles en C8-C30, - les polyéthers liposolubles résultant de la polyéthérifîcation entre un ou plusieurs diols en C2-C100, de préférence en C2-C50, v) les esters, vi) et leurs mélanges.homo- and copolymer oligomers of vinyl ethers having C8-C30 alkyl groups; liposoluble polyethers resulting from polyetherification between one or more C2-C100, preferably C2-C50 diols; v) esters, vi) and their mixtures.
Parmi les esters, on préfère notamment : - les esters d'un glycérol oligomère, notamment les esters de diglycérol, en particulier les condensats d'acide adipique et de glycérol, pour lesquels une partie des groupes hydroxyles des glycérols ont réagi avec un mélange d'acides gras tels que l'acide stéarique, l'acide caprique, l'acide stéarique et l'acide isostéarique et l'acide 12-hydroxystéarique, à l'image notamment du polyacyladipate-2 de bis diglycéryle, notamment tel que commercialisé sous la marque Softisan 649® par la société Sasol,Among the esters, the following are particularly preferred: esters of an oligomeric glycerol, in particular the esters of diglycerol, in particular the condensates of adipic acid and of glycerol, for which part of the hydroxyl groups of the glycerols have reacted with a mixture of fatty acids such as stearic acid, capric acid, stearic acid and isostearic acid and 12-hydroxystearic acid, especially in the form of polyacyladipate-2 bis diglyceryl, especially as marketed under the brand Softisan 649 ® by the company Sasol,
- le propionate d'arachidyle commercialisé sous la marque Waxenol 801 par Alzo,arachidyl propionate sold under the name Waxenol 801 by Alzo,
- les esters de phytostérol,the phytosterol esters,
- les triglycérides d'acides gras et leurs dérivés, - les esters de pentaérythritol,triglycerides of fatty acids and their derivatives, pentaerythritol esters,
- les polyesters non réticulés résultant de la polycondensation entre un acide dicarboxylique ou un polyacide carboxylique linéaire ou ramifié en C4-C50 et un diol ou un polyol en C2-C50,non-crosslinked polyesters resulting from the polycondensation between a linear or branched C 4 -C 50 dicarboxylic acid or polycarboxylic acid and a C2-C50 diol or polyol,
- les esters aliphatiques d'ester résultant de l'estérification d'un ester d'acide hydroxycarboxylique aliphatique par un acide carboxylique aliphatique,aliphatic ester esters resulting from the esterification of an aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acid ester with an aliphatic carboxylic acid,
- les esters résultant de l'estérification d'un acide aliphatique et d'un ester aliphatique hydroxylé. Ces esters peuvent résulter de l'estérification a) d'un acide aliphatique monocarboxylique ou polycarboxylique, et b) d'un ester aliphatique hydroxylé, notamment un ester d'acide hydroxy carboxylique,the esters resulting from the esterification of an aliphatic acid and of a hydroxylated aliphatic ester. These esters may result from the esterification of: aliphatic monocarboxylic or polycarboxylic acid, and b) a hydroxylated aliphatic ester, especially a hydroxy carboxylic acid ester,
- les esters de dimère diol et dimère diacide, le cas échéant, estérifîés sur leur(s) fonction(s) alcool(s) ou acide(s) libre(s) par des radicaux acides ou alcools tels que le bis-béhényl/isostéaryl/phytostéryl dimère dilinoléyl notamment commercialisé sous le nom commercial Plandool-G® par la société Nippon Fine Chemical ,the diol dimer and diacid dimer esters, if appropriate, esterified on their (their) functional (s) alcohol (s) or acid (s) free (s) by acidic radicals or alcohols such as bis-behenyl / isostearyl / phytosteryl dimer dilinoleyl especially sold under the trade name Plandool-G ® by the company Nippon Fine Chemical,
- et leurs mélanges.- and their mixtures.
Parmi les composés pâteux préférés, on choisira de préférence le copolymère de vinylpyrrolidone/eicosène, le bis-béhényl/isostéaryl/phytostéryl dimère dilinoléyl, le bis-diglycéryl polyacyladipate-2, l'huile de ricin hydrogénée dimère dilinoléate par exemple le RISOCAST-DA-L vendu par KOKYU ALCOHOL KOGYO, l'isostéarate d'huile de ricin hydrogénée par exemple le SALACOS HCIS (V-L) vendu par NISSHIN OIL ou leur mélange.Among the preferred pasty compounds, the vinylpyrrolidone / eicosene copolymer, the bis-behenyl / isostearyl / phytosteryl dimeric dilinoleyl, the bis-diglyceryl polyacyladipate-2, the hydrogenated castor oil dimer dilinoleate, for example the RISOCAST-DA, will preferably be chosen. -L sold by KOKYU ALCOHOL KOGYO, hydrogenated castor oil isostearate, for example SALACOS HCIS (VL) sold by NISSHIN OIL or their mixture.
De façon préférée, la composition comprend une teneur totale en corps gras pâteux supérieure à 5 % en poids, notamment à 10 % en poids, voire à 20 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition. En particulier, la teneur en corps gras pâteux peut aller de 5 à 80 % en poids, notamment de 20 à 80 % en poids, voire dans certains modes de réalisation de 35 à 80 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition.Preferably, the composition comprises a total pasty fat content greater than 5% by weight, especially 10% by weight, or even 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition. In particular, the content of pasty fatty substance may range from 5 to 80% by weight, in particular from 20 to 80% by weight, or even in certain embodiments from 35 to 80% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition. .
Les compositions peuvent également comprendre au moins un polymère additionnel.The compositions may also comprise at least one additional polymer.
Polymère additionnelAdditional polymer
Les compositions selon l'invention peuvent contenir un polymère additionnel, fîlmogène ou non.The compositions according to the invention may contain an additional polymer, which may or may not be film-forming.
Dans la présente invention, on entend par « polymère fîlmogène », un polymère apte à former à lui seul ou en présence d'un agent auxiliaire de fîlmification, un dépôt macroscopiquement continu sur les matières kératiniques. La composition peut comporter une phase aqueuse et le polymère additionnel peut être présent dans cette phase aqueuse. Dans ce cas celui-ci sera de préférence un polymère en dispersion ou un polymère amphiphile ou associatif. Par « polymère en dispersion » on entend des polymères non so lubies dans l'eau présents sous forme de particules de taille variable. Le polymère peut être réticulé ou non. La taille de particules moyenne est typiquement comprise entre 25 et 500nm, de préférence entre 50 et 200 nm. Les polymères en dispersion aqueuse suivants peuvent être utilisés : Ultrasol 2075 de Ganz Chemical, Daitosol 5000AD de Daito Kasei, Avalure UR 450 de Noveon, DYNAMX de National Starch, Syntran 5760 de Interpolymer, Acusol OP 301 de Rohm&Haas, Neocryl A 1090 de Avecia.In the present invention, the term "polymeric film", a polymer capable of forming alone or in the presence of an auxiliary filtering agent, a macroscopically continuous deposition on keratin materials. The composition may comprise an aqueous phase and the additional polymer may be present in this aqueous phase. In this case it will preferably be a dispersion polymer or an amphiphilic or associative polymer. By "dispersed polymer" is meant unsubstituted polymers in water present in the form of particles of variable size. The polymer may be crosslinked or not. The average particle size is typically between 25 and 500 nm, preferably between 50 and 200 nm. The following aqueous dispersion polymers can be used: Ultrasol 2075 from Ganz Chemical, Daitosol 5000AD from Daito Kasei, Avalon UR 450 from Noveon, DYNAMX from National Starch, Syntran 5760 from Interpolymer, Acusol OP 301 from Rohm & Haas, Neocryl A 1090 from Avecia.
Les dispersions acryliques vendues sous les dénominations Neocryl XK-90®, Neocryl A- 1070®, Neocryl A- 1090®, Neocryl BT-62®, Neocryl A- 1079® et Neocryl A-523® par la société AVECIA-NEORESINS, Dow Latex 432® par la société DOW CHEMICAL, Daitosol 5000 AD® ou Daitosol 5000 SJ® par la société DAITO KASEY KOGYO; Syntran 5760® par la société Interpolymer, Soltex OPT par la société ROHM & HAAS, les dispersions aqueuses de polymères acryliques ou styrène/acrylique vendues sous le nom de marque JONCRYL® par la société JOHNSON POLYMER ou encore les dispersions aqueuses de polyuréthane vendues sous les dénominations Neorez R-981® et Neorez R-974® par la société AVECIA-NEORESINS, les Avalure UR-405®, Avalure UR- 410®, Avalure UR-425®, Avalure UR-450®, Sancure 875®, Sancure 861®, Sancure 878® et Sancure 2060® par la société GOODRICH, Impranil 85® par la société BAYER, Aquamere H-1511® par la société HYDROMER ; les sulfopolyesters vendus sous le nom de marque Eastman AQ® par la société Eastman Chemical Products, les dispersions vinyliques comme le Mexomère PAM® de la société CHIMEX et leurs mélanges, sont d'autres exemples de dispersion aqueuse de particules de polymères fîlmogènes hydrodispersibles.The acrylic dispersions sold under the names Neocryl XK-90 ®, Neocryl A-1070 ®, Neocryl A-1090 ®, Neocryl BT-62 ®, Neocryl A-1079 and Neocryl ® A-523 ® by the company Avecia-Neoresins, Dow Latex 432 ® by the company DOW CHEMICAL, Daitosol 5000 AD ® or Daitosol 5000 SJ ® by the company DAITO KASEY KOGYO; Syntran 5760 ® by the company Interpolymer, Soltex OPT by the company Rohm & Haas, aqueous dispersions of acrylic or styrene / acrylic polymers sold under the trade name Joncryl ® by the company Johnson Polymer, or the aqueous dispersions of polyurethane sold under the names Neorez R-981 ® and Neorez R-974 ® by the company Avecia-Neoresins, Avalure UR-405 ®, Avalure UR-410 ®, Avalure UR-425 ®, Avalure UR-450 ®, ® Sancure 875, Sancure 861 ® , Sancure 878 ® and Sancure 2060 ® by the company GOODRICH, Impranil 85 ® by the company BAYER, Aquamere H-1511 ® by the company HYDROMER; sulphopolyesters sold under the brand name Eastman AQ ® by the company Eastman Chemical Products, vinyl dispersions, for instance Mexomer MAP ® from the company Chimex, and mixtures thereof, are additional examples of aqueous dispersion of film-forming water-dispersible polymer particles.
Par « polymères amphiphiles ou associatifs » on entend des polymères comportant une au plusieurs partie hydrophiles qui les rendent partiellement solubles dans l'eau et une ou plusieurs parties hydrophobes par lesquelles les polymères s'associent ou interagissent. Les polymères associatifs suivants peuvent être utilisés : Nuvis FX1100 de Elementis, Aculyn 22, Aculyn 44, Aculyn 46 de Rohm&Haas, Viscophobe DBlOOO de Amerchol. Les copolymères diblocs constitués d'un bloc hydrophile (polyacrylate, polyéthylène glycol) et d'un bloc hydrophobe (polystyrène, polysiloxane, peuvent également être utilisés. La composition peut comporter une phase huileuse et le polymère fïlmogène peut être présent dans cette phase huileuse. Le polymère pourra alors être en dispersion ou en solution.By "amphiphilic or associative polymers" is meant polymers having one to several hydrophilic moieties which render them partially soluble in water and one or more hydrophobic moieties through which the polymers associate or interact. The following associative polymers may be used: Nuvis FX1100 from Elementis, Aculyn 22, Aculyn 44, Aculyn 46 from Rohm & Haas, Viscophobe DB 1000 from Amerchol. The diblock copolymers consisting of a hydrophilic block (polyacrylate, polyethylene glycol) and a hydrophobic block (polystyrene, polysiloxane, can also be used. The composition may comprise an oily phase and the film-forming polymer may be present in this oily phase. The polymer may then be in dispersion or in solution.
Comme exemples de dispersions non aqueuses de polymère fïlmogène lipodispersibles sous forme de dispersions non aqueuses de particules de polymère dans une ou plusieurs huiles de silicone et/ou hydrocarbonées et pouvant être stabilisées en leur surface par au moins un agent stabilisant, notamment un polymère séquence, greffé ou statistique, on peut citer les dispersions acryliques dans l'isododécane comme leExamples of non-aqueous dispersions of lipo-dispersible film-forming polymer in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles in one or more silicone and / or hydrocarbon oils and which can be stabilized at their surface by at least one stabilizing agent, in particular a block polymer, grafted or statistical, mention may be made of acrylic dispersions in isododecane, such as
Mexomère PAP® de la société CHIMEX, les dispersions de particules d'un polymère éthylénique greffé, de préférence acrylique, dans une phase grasse liquide, le polymère éthylénique étant avantageusement dispersé en l'absence de stabilisant additionnel en surface des particules telles que décrite notamment dans le document WO 04/055081.Mexomère PAP ® from the company Chimex, the dispersions of particles of a grafted ethylenic polymer, preferably acrylic, in a liquid fatty phase, the ethylenic polymer being advantageously dispersed in the absence of additional stabilizer at the surface of the particles as described in particular in WO 04/055081.
Parmi les polymères fïlmogènes utilisables dans la composition de la présente invention, on peut citer les polymères synthétiques, de type radicalaire ou de type polycondensat, les polymères d'origine naturelle, et leurs mélanges.Among the polymeric polymers that can be used in the composition of the present invention, mention may be made of synthetic polymers, of radical type or of polycondensate type, polymers of natural origin, and mixtures thereof.
Par polymère fïlmogène radicalaire, on entend un polymère obtenu par polymérisation de monomères à insaturation notamment éthylénique, chaque monomère étant susceptible de s'homopolymériser (à l'inverse des polycondensats).The term radical-forming polymeric polymer is understood to mean a polymer obtained by polymerization of unsaturated monomers, in particular ethylenic monomers, each monomer being capable of homopolymerizing (unlike polycondensates).
Les polymères fïlmogènes de type radicalaire peuvent être notamment des polymères, ou des copolymères, vinyliques, notamment des polymères acryliques.The radical-type polymeric polymers may in particular be polymers, or copolymers, vinylic, especially acrylic polymers.
Les polymères fïlmogènes vinyliques peuvent résulter de la polymérisation de monomères à insaturation éthylénique ayant au moins un groupement acide et/ou des esters de ces monomères acides et/ou des amides de ces monomères acides.Vinyl-based polymer polymers may result from the polymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomers having at least one acid group and / or esters of these acidic monomers and / or amides of these acidic monomers.
Comme monomère porteur de groupement acide, on peut utiliser des acides carboxyliques insaturés α,β-éthyléniques tels que l'acide acrylique, l'acide méthacrylique, l'acide crotonique, l'acide maléique, l'acide itaconique. On utilise de préférence l'acide (méth)acrylique et l'acide crotonique, et plus préférentiellement l'acide (méth)acrylique.As monomer bearing an acid group, it is possible to use α, β-ethylenic unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid. It is preferable to use (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid, and more preferably (meth) acrylic acid.
Les esters de monomères acides sont avantageusement choisis parmi les esters de l'acide (méth)acrylique (encore appelé les (méth)acrylates), notamment des (méth)acrylates d'alkyle, en particulier d'alkyle en C1-C30, de préférence en C1-C20, desThe acidic monomer esters are advantageously chosen from esters of (meth) acrylic acid (also called (meth) acrylates), in particular alkyl (meth) acrylates, in particular C 1 -C 30 alkyl (meth) acrylates. preferably C 1 -C 20 ,
(méth)acrylates d'aryle, en particulier d'aryle en C6-C10, des (méth)acrylates d'hydroxyalkyle, en particulier d'hydroxyalkyle en C2-C6 . Le polymère fïlmogène peut être choisi parmi les polymères et/ou copolymères blocs ou statistiques comportant notamment les polyuréthanes, polyacryliques, les silicones, les polymères fluorés, les gommes butyliques, les copolymères d'éthylènes, gommes naturelles et les alcools polyvinyliques et leurs mélanges.(meth) acrylates of aryl, in particular of C 6 -C 10 aryl, hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates, in particular of hydroxy C 2 -C 6 alkyl. The film-forming polymer may be chosen from block and random polymers and / or copolymers comprising in particular polyurethanes, polyacrylics, silicones, fluorinated polymers, butyl gums, copolymers of ethylene, natural gums and polyvinyl alcohols and their mixtures.
Les polymères fïlmogènes vinyliques peuvent également résulter de l'homopolymérisation ou de la copolymérisation de monomères choisis parmi les esters vinyliques et les monomères styréniques.Vinyl-based polymer polymers may also result from the homopolymerization or copolymerization of monomers selected from vinyl esters and styrenic monomers.
Comme exemple d'esters vinyliques, on peut citer l'acétate de vinyle, le néodécanoate de vinyle, le pivalate de vinyle, le benzoate de vinyle et le t-butyl benzoate de vinyle.Examples of vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, vinyl neodecanoate, vinyl pivalate, vinyl benzoate and vinyl t-butyl benzoate.
Comme monomères styréniques, on peut citer le styrène et l'alpha-méthyl styrène.Styrenic monomers include styrene and alpha-methyl styrene.
Parmi les polycondensats fïlmogènes, on peut citer les polyuréthanes, les polyesters, les polyesters amides, les polyamides, et les résines époxyesters, les polyurées.Among the thermoplastic polycondensates, mention may be made of polyurethanes, polyesters, polyester amides, polyamides, and epoxy ester resins, polyureas.
Les polyuréthanes peuvent être choisis parmi les polyuréthanes anioniques, cationiques, non-ioniques ou amphotères, les polyuréthanes-acryliques, les poly-uréthanes-polyvinylpirrolidones, les polyester-polyuréthanes, les polyéther- polyuréthanes, les polyurées, les polyurée-polyuréthanes, et leurs mélanges. Les polyesters peuvent être obtenus, de façon connue, par poly condensation d'acides dicarboxyliques avec des polyols, notamment des diols.The polyurethanes may be chosen from anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric polyurethanes, polyurethane-acrylics, poly-urethanes-polyvinylpyrrolidones, polyester-polyurethanes, polyether-polyurethanes, polyureas, polyurea-polyurethanes, and their polyurethanes. mixtures. The polyesters can be obtained, in a known manner, by poly-condensation of dicarboxylic acids with polyols, especially diols.
Selon un exemple de composition selon l'invention, le polymère fïlmogène peut être un polymère solubilisé dans une phase grasse liquide comprenant des huiles ou solvants organiques (on dit alors que le polymère fïlmogène est un polymère liposoluble). De préférence, la phase grasse liquide comprend une huile volatile, éventuellement en mélange avec une huile non volatile.According to an exemplary composition according to the invention, the film-forming polymer may be a polymer solubilized in a liquid fatty phase comprising organic oils or solvents (it is said that the film-forming polymer is a liposoluble polymer). Preferably, the liquid fatty phase comprises a volatile oil, optionally mixed with a non-volatile oil.
A titre d'exemple de polymère liposoluble, on peut citer les copolymères d'ester vinylique (le groupe vinylique étant directement relié à l'atome d'oxygène du groupe ester et l'ester vinylique ayant un radical hydrocarboné saturé, linéaire ou ramifié, de 1 à 19 atomes de carbone, lié au carbonyle du groupe ester ) et d'au moins un autre monomère qui peut être un ester vinylique (différent de l'ester vinylique déjà présent), une α-oléfïne (ayant de 8 à 28 atomes de carbone), un alkylvinyléther (dont le groupe alkyl comporte deAs an example of a fat-soluble polymer, mention may be made of vinyl ester copolymers (the vinyl group being directly connected to the oxygen atom of the ester group and the vinyl ester having a saturated hydrocarbon radical, linear or branched, from 1 to 19 carbon atoms, linked to the carbonyl ester group) and from at least one other monomer which may be a vinyl ester (different from the vinyl ester already present), an α-olefin (having from 8 to 28 carbon atoms), an alkylvinyl ether (the alkyl group of which
2 à 18 atomes de carbone), ou un ester allylique ou méthallylique (ayant un radical hydrocarboné saturé, linéaire ou ramifié, de 1 à 19 atomes de carbone, lié au carbonyle du groupe ester). Ces copolymères peuvent être réticulés à l'aide de réticulants qui peuvent être soit du type vinylique, soit du type allylique ou méthallylique, tels que le tétraallyloxyéthane, le divinylbenzène, l'octanedioate de divinyle, le dodécanedioate de divinyle, et l'octadécanedioate de divinyle.2 to 18 carbon atoms), or an allyl or methallyl ester (having a linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 19 carbon atoms, linked to the carbonyl ester group). These copolymers may be crosslinked using crosslinking agents which may be of the vinyl type, or of the allyl or methallyl type, such as tetraallyloxyethane, divinylbenzene, divinyl octanedioate, divinyl dodecanedioate, and octadecanedioate. divinyl.
Comme exemple de polymères fîlmogènes liposolubles, on peut citer les copolymères d'ester vinylique et au moins un autre monomère qui peut être un ester vinylique, notamment le néodécanoate de vinyle, le benzoate de vinyle et le t-butyl benzoate de vinyle, une α-oléfme, un alkylvinyléther, ou un ester allylique ou méthallylique.Examples of liposoluble polymeric polymers include vinyl ester copolymers and at least one other monomer which may be a vinyl ester, especially vinyl neodecanoate, vinyl benzoate and vinyl t-butyl benzoate, an olefin, an alkyl vinyl ether, or an allylic or methallyl ester.
Comme polymères fîlmogènes liposolubles, on peut également citer les copolymères liposolubles, et en particulier ceux résultant de copolymérisation d'esters vinyliques ayant de 9 à 22 atomes de carbone ou d'acrylates ou de méthacrylates d'alkyle, les radicaux alkyles ayant de 10 à 20 atomes de carbone.Mention may also be made, as liposoluble polymeric polymers, of fat-soluble copolymers, and in particular those resulting from the copolymerization of vinyl esters having from 9 to 22 carbon atoms or of alkyl acrylates or methacrylates, the alkyl radicals having from 10 to 20 carbon atoms.
De tels copolymères liposolubles peuvent être choisis parmi les copolymères de polystéarate de vinyle, de polystéarate de vinyle réticulé à l'aide de divinylbenzène, de diallyléther ou de phtalate de diallyle, les copolymères de poly(méth)acrylate de stéaryle, de polylaurate de vinyle, de poly(méth)acrylate de lauryle, ces poly(méth)acrylates pouvant être réticulés à l'aide de diméthacrylate de l'éthylène glycol ou de tétraéthylène glycol.Such liposoluble copolymers may be chosen from copolymers of vinyl polycrystearate, vinyl polystearate crosslinked with divinylbenzene, diallyl ether or diallyl phthalate, copolymers of poly (meth) acrylate of stearyl, of vinyl polylaurate. , poly (meth) acrylate lauryl, these poly (meth) acrylates can be crosslinked using dimethacrylate ethylene glycol or tetraethylene glycol.
Les copolymères liposolubles définis précédemment sont connus et notamment décrits dans la demande FR-A-2 232 303 ; ils peuvent avoir un poids moléculaire moyen en poids allant de 2.000 à 500.000 et de préférence de 4.000 à 200.000.The liposoluble copolymers defined above are known and in particular described in application FR-A-2 232 303; they can have a weight average molecular weight ranging from 2,000 to 500,000 and preferably from 4,000 to 200,000.
Comme polymères fîlmogènes liposolubles utilisables dans l'invention, on peut également citer les polyalkylènes et notamment les copolymères d'alcènes en C2-C20, comme le polybutène, les alkylcelluloses avec un radical alkyle linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou non en Cl à C8 comme l'éthylcellulose et la propylcellulose. La composition selon l'invention peut comprendre un agent plastifiant favorisant la formation d'un film avec le polymère fîlmogène. Un tel agent plastifiant peut être choisi parmi tous les composés connus de l'homme du métier comme étant susceptibles de remplir la fonction recherchée.Liposoluble polymeric polymers that can be used in the invention also include polyalkylenes, and especially copolymers of C2-C20 alkenes, such as polybutene, alkylcelluloses with a linear or branched alkyl radical, saturated or otherwise unsaturated, such as ethylcellulose and propylcellulose. The composition according to the invention may comprise a plasticizer promoting the formation of a film with the film-forming polymer. Such a plasticizer may be chosen from all compounds known to those skilled in the art as being capable of performing the desired function.
Autres polymèresOther polymers
Résines siliconéesSilicone resins
Les compositions conformes à l'invention peuvent également comprendre une résine siliconée. De manière plus générale, par le terme « résine », on entend un composé dont la structure est tridimensionnelle. On appelle les « résines siliconées » également des « résines de silicone» ou « résines de siloxane ». Ainsi, au sens de la présente invention, une polydiméthylsiloxane n'est pas une résine de silicone.The compositions in accordance with the invention may also comprise a silicone resin. More generally, the term "resin" means a compound whose structure is three-dimensional. The term "silicone resins" is also referred to as "silicone resins" or "siloxane resins". Thus, within the meaning of the present invention, a polydimethylsiloxane is not a silicone resin.
La nomenclature des résines de silicone (également appelées résines de siloxanes ou résine siliconées) est connue sous le nom de "MDTQ", la résine étant décrite en fonction des différentes unités monomériques siloxane qu'elle comprend, chacune des lettres "MDTQ" caractérisant un type d'unité.The nomenclature of silicone resins (also called siloxane resins or silicone resins) is known under the name of "MDTQ", the resin being described according to the different monomeric siloxane units that it comprises, each of the letters "MDTQ" characterizing a type of unit.
La lettre « M » représente l'unité Monofonctionnelle de formuleThe letter "M" represents the Monofunctional unit of formula
RlR2R3SiOi/2, l'atome de silicium étant relié à un seul atome d'oxygène dans le polymère comprenant cette unité.R1R2R3SiOi / 2, the silicon atom being connected to a single oxygen atom in the polymer comprising this unit.
La lettre « D » signifie une unité Difonctionnelle RlR2Siθ2/2 dans laquelle l'atome de silicium est relié à deux atomes d'oxygèneThe letter "D" signifies a Difunctional unit R1R2SiO2 / 2 in which the silicon atom is connected to two oxygen atoms
La lettre « T » représente une unité Trifonctionnelle de formule RlSiθ3/2.The letter "T" represents a trifunctional unit of formula RlSiθ3 / 2.
De telles résines sont décrites par exemple dans « Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Enginnering, vol. 15, John et Wiley and Sons, New York, (1989), p. 265-270, et US 2,676,182, US 3,627,851, US 3,772,247, US 5,248,739 ou encore US 5,082,706, US 5,319,040, US 5,302, 685 et US 4,935,484. Dans les motifs M, D, T définis précédemment, R, à savoir Rl, R2 et R3, représente un radical hydrocarboné (notamment alkyle) ayant de 1 à 10 atomes de carbone, un groupe phényl, un groupe phénylalkyl ou bien encore un groupe hydroxyle.Such resins are described for example in "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Enginnering, vol. 15, John and Wiley and Sons, New York, (1989), p. 265-270, and US 2,676,182, US 3,627,851, US 3,772,247, US 5,248,739 or US 5,082,706, US 5,319,040, US 5,302, 685 and US 4,935,484. In the units M, D and T defined above, R 1, namely R 1, R 2 and R 3, represents a hydrocarbon radical (in particular alkyl) having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or else a group hydroxyl.
Enfin, la lettre « Q » signifie une unité tétrafonctionnelle Siθ4/2 dans laquelle l'atome de silicium est lié à quatre atomes d'oxygènes eux mêmes liés au reste du polymère.Finally, the letter "Q" signifies a tetrafunctional SiO4 / 2 unit in which the silicon atom is bonded to four oxygen atoms, themselves linked to the rest of the polymer.
Diverses résines siliconées de propriétés différentes peuvent être obtenues à partir de ces différentes unités, les propriétés de ces polymères variant en fonction du type de monomères (ou unités), de la nature et du nombre du radical R, de la longueur de la chaîne polymérique, du degré de ramification et de la taille des chaînes pendantes.Various silicone resins of different properties can be obtained from these different units, the properties of these polymers varying according to the type of monomers (or units), the nature and the number of the radical R, the length of the polymer chain , the degree of branching and the size of the hanging chains.
A titre de résines siliconées pouvant être utilisées dans les compositions selon l'invention on peut utiliser par exemple des résines siliconées de type MQ, de type T ou de type MQT.As silicone resins that can be used in the compositions according to the invention, silicone resins of the MQ, T type or MQT type can be used, for example.
Résines MQ :MQ resins:
A titre d'exemple de résines siliconées de type MQ, on peut citer les alkylsiloxysilicates de formule [(Rl)3SiOi/2]x(Siθ4/2)y (unités MQ) dans laquelle x et y sont des entiers allant de 50 à 80, et tel que le groupement Rl représente un radical tel que défini précédemment, et de préférence est un groupement alkyle ayant de 1 à 8 atomes de carbone, ou un groupe hydroxyle, de préférence, un groupe méthyl,By way of example of silicone resins of MQ type, there may be mentioned alkylsiloxysilicates of formula [(R 1) 3 SiO 1/2] x (SiO 4/2) y (MQ units) in which x and y are integers ranging from 50 to 80, and such that the group R1 represents a radical as defined above, and preferably is an alkyl group having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a hydroxyl group, preferably a methyl group,
- Comme exemple de résines siliconées solides de type MQ de type triméthylsiloxysilicate on peut citer celles commercialisées sous la référence SR1000 par la société General Electric, sous la référence TMS 803 par la société Wacker, sous la dénomination "KF-7312J" par la société Shin-Etsu, "DC 749", "DC 593" par la société Dow Corning.Examples of solid silicone resins of the MQ type of trimethylsiloxysilicate type that may be mentioned are those sold under the reference SR1000 by the company General Electric, under the reference TMS 803 by the company Wacker, under the name "KF-7312J" by the company Shin -Etsu, "DC 749", "DC 593" by Dow Corning.
- Comme résines siliconées comprenant des motifs MQ siloxysilicates, on peut également citer les résines phénylalkylesiloxysilicate, telle que la phénylpropyldiméthylsiloxysilicate (Silshine 151 commercialisée par la société General Electric). La préparation de telles résines est décrite notamment dans le brevet US5817302.As silicone resins comprising MQ siloxysilicate units, mention may also be made of phenylalkylsiloxysilicate resins, such as phenylpropyldimethylsiloxysilicate (Silshine 151 marketed by the company General Electric). The preparation of such resins is described in particular in US5817302.
Résines T : A titre d'exemple de résines siliconées de type T, on peut citer les polysilsesquioxanes de formule (RSiθ3/2)x (unités T) dans laquelle x est supérieur à 100 et tel que le groupement R est un groupement alkyle ayant de 1 à 10 atomes de carbone, lesdites polysilsesquioxanes pouvant en outre comprendre des groupes terminaux Si-OH.T resins: By way of example of T-type silicone resins, mention may be made of polysilsesquioxanes of formula (RSiO 3/2) x (T units) in which x is greater than 100 and such that the R group is an alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, said polysilsesquioxanes may further comprise Si-OH end groups.
De préférence, on peut utiliser les résines polyméthylsilsesquioxanes dans lesquelles R représente un groupe méthyl, comme par exemple celles commercialisées :Preferably, the polymethylsilsesquioxane resins in which R represents a methyl group can be used, for example those marketed:
- par la société Wacker sous la référence Resin MK tels que la Belsil PMS MK : polymère comprenant des unités répétitives CH3Siθ3/2 (unités T), pouvant aussi comprendre jusqu'à 1% en poids d'unités (CH3)2Si02/2 (unités D) et présentant un poids moléculaire moyen d'environ 10000 g/mol, ou - par la société SHIN-ETSU sous les références KR-220L qui sont composées d'unités T de formule CH3Siθ3/2 et ont des groupes terminaux Si-OH (silanol), sous la référence KR-242A qui comprennent 98% d'unités T et 2% d'unités diméthyle D et ont des groupes terminaux Si-OH ou encore sous la référence KR-251 comprenant 88% d'unités T et 12% d'unités diméthyl D et ont des groupes terminaux Si-OH.by the company Wacker under the reference Resin MK such as Belsil PMS MK: polymer comprising repeating units CH 3 SiO 3/2 (T units), which can also comprise up to 1% by weight of units (CH 3) 2 SiO 2 / 2 (D units) and having an average molecular weight of about 10,000 g / mol, or - by SHIN-ETSU under the references KR-220L which are composed of T units of formula CH3Siθ3 / 2 and have terminal groups Si-OH (silanol), under the reference KR-242A which comprise 98% of T units and 2% of dimethyl D units and have Si-OH end groups or else under the reference KR-251 comprising 88% of T units and 12% dimethyl D units and have Si-OH end groups.
Résines MOT :MOT resins:
A titre de résine comprenant des motifs MQT, on connaît notamment celles citées dans le document US 5 110 890.As a resin comprising MQT units, those known from US 5,110,890 are particularly known.
Une forme préférée de résines de type MQT sont les résines MQT-propyl (également appelée MQTPr). De telles résines utilisables dans les compositions selon l'invention sont notamment celles décrites et préparées dans la demande WO 2005/075542, dont le contenu est incorporé ici par référence.A preferred form of MQT resins are MQT-propyl resins (also called MQTPr). Such resins that can be used in the compositions according to the invention are in particular those described and prepared in application WO 2005/075542, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
La résine MQ-T-propyl comprend de préférence les unités : (ii) (R22Si02/2)b etThe MQ-T-propyl resin preferably comprises the units: (ii) (R2 2 Si0 2/2 ) b and
(iv) (SiO4/2)d avec(iv) (SiO 4/2) of with
Rl, R2 et R3 représentant indépendamment un radical hydrocarboné (notamment alkyle) ayant de 1 à 10 atomes de carbone, un groupe phényl, un groupe phénylalkyl ou bien encore un groupe hydroxyle et de préférence un radical alkyle ayant de 1 à 8 atomes de carbone ou un groupement phényl, a, b, c et d étant des fractions molaires, a étant compris entre 0,05 et 0,5, b étant compris entre zéro et 0,3, c étant supérieur à zéro, d étant compris entre 0,05 et 0,6, a + b + c + d = 1, à condition que plus de 40 % en moles des groupements R3 de la résine de siloxane soient des groupements propyle.R1, R2 and R3 independently represent a hydrocarbon radical (especially alkyl) having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a phenylalkyl group or a hydroxyl group and preferably an alkyl radical having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; or a phenyl group, a, b, c and d being mole fractions, a being between 0.05 and 0.5, b being between zero and 0.3, c being greater than zero, d being between 0 , 05 and 0.6, a + b + c + d = 1, with the proviso that more than 40 mol% of the R 3 groups of the siloxane resin are propyl groups.
De façon préférée la résine de siloxane comprend les unités :Preferably, the siloxane resin comprises the units:
(i) (Rl3Si01/2)a (i) (Rl 3 SiO 1/2 ) a
(iii) (R3SiO3/2)c et avec Rl et R3 représentant indépendamment un groupement alkyle ayant de 1 à(iii) (R 3 SiO 3/2) c and with R1 and R3 independently representing an alkyl group having from 1 to
8 atomes de carbone, Rl étant de préférence un groupement méthyle et R3 étant de préférence un groupement propyle, a étant compris entre 0,05 et 0,5, de préférence entre 0,15 et 0,4, c étant supérieur à zéro, de préférence entre 0,15 et 0,4, d étant compris entre 0,05 et 0,6, de préférence entre 0,2 et 0,6, ou encore entre8 carbon atoms, R1 being preferably a methyl group and R3 being preferably a propyl group, a being between 0.05 and 0.5, preferably between 0.15 and 0.4, c being greater than zero, preferably between 0.15 and 0.4, d being between 0.05 and 0.6, preferably between 0.2 and 0.6, or between
0,2 et 0,55, a + b + c + d = 1, à condition que plus de 40 % en moles des groupements R3 de la résine de siloxane soient des groupements propyle.0.2 and 0.55, a + b + c + d = 1, with the proviso that more than 40 mol% of the R 3 groups of the siloxane resin are propyl groups.
Les résines de siloxane utilisables selon l'invention peuvent être obtenues par un procédé comprenant la réaction de : A) une résine MQ comprenant au moins 80 % en moles d'unités (Rl3SiOi/2)a etThe siloxane resins that can be used according to the invention can be obtained by a process comprising the reaction of: A) an MQ resin comprising at least 80 mol% of units (R13SiOi / 2) a and
Rl représentant un groupement alkyle ayant de 1 à 8 atomes de carbone, un groupement aryle, un groupement carbinol ou un groupement amino, a et d étant supérieurs à zéro, le rapport a/d étant compris entre 0,5 et 1,5 ; et deR1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a carbinol group or an amino group, a and d being greater than zero, the ratio a / d being between 0.5 and 1.5; and of
B) une résine de propyle T comprenant au moins 80 % en moles d'unités (R3SiO3/2)c, R3 représentant un groupement alkyle ayant de 1 à 8 atomes de carbone, un groupement aryle, un groupement carbinol ou un groupement amino, c étant supérieur à zéro, à condition qu'au moins 40 % en moles des groupements R3 soient des groupements propyle, où le ratio massique A/B est compris entre 95:5 et 15:85, de préférence le ratio massique A/B est de 30:70.B) a T propyl resin comprising at least 80 mole% of units (R 3 SiO 3/2) c, R 3 representing an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group, a carbinol group or an amino group , c being greater than zero, with the proviso that at least 40 mol% of the R 3 groups are propyl groups, in which the mass ratio A / B is between 95: 5 and 15:85, preferably the mass ratio A / B is 30:70.
Avantageusement, le rapport massique A/B est compris entre 95:5 et 15:85. De préférence, le rapport A/B est inférieur ou égal à 70:30. Ces rapports préférés se sont avérés permettre des dépôts confortables.Advantageously, the mass ratio A / B is between 95: 5 and 15:85. Preferably, the ratio A / B is less than or equal to 70:30. These preferred ratios have been found to allow comfortable deposits.
De façon préférée, lorsqu'elle est présente, la résine de siloxane est présente dans la composition en une teneur totale en matière sèche de résine allant de 3 % à 40 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition, de préférence allant de 4 % à 30 % en poids, et mieux allant de 4 % à 25 % en poids.Preferably, when it is present, the siloxane resin is present in the composition in a total resin solids content ranging from 3% to 40% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition, preferably ranging from From 4% to 30% by weight, and more preferably from 4% to 25% by weight.
Il est entendu que la quantité en ces composés annexes peut être ajustée par l'homme du métier de manière à ne pas porter préjudice à l'effet recherché dans le cadre de la présente invention. Polymère semi-cristallinIt is understood that the amount of these additional compounds can be adjusted by those skilled in the art so as not to damage the desired effect in the context of the present invention. Semi-crystalline polymer
La composition selon l'invention peut également comprendre avantageusement au moins un polymère semi-cristallin à structure organique dont la température de fusion est supérieure ou égale à 30 0C. De préférence, la quantité totale de polymère(s) semi-cristallin(s) représente deThe composition according to the invention may also advantageously comprise at least one semi-crystalline polymer with an organic structure whose melting temperature is greater than or equal to 30 ° C. Preferably, the total amount of semi-crystalline polymer (s) ) represents
0,1 à 45 % du poids total de la composition, et mieux de 0,5 à 40 %, par exemple de 1 à 35 % en poids, et encore mieux de 1 à 20 %, ou encore de 3 à 30 %, 5 à 30 %, voire 15 à 30 %. De préférence, il représente de 2 % à 10 % en poids de la composition.0.1 to 45% of the total weight of the composition, and more preferably from 0.5 to 40%, for example from 1 to 35% by weight, and still more preferably from 1 to 20%, or even from 3 to 30%, 5 to 30%, or even 15 to 30%. Preferably, it represents from 2% to 10% by weight of the composition.
Par « polymères », on entend au sens de l'invention des composés comportant au moins 2 motifs de répétition, de préférence au moins 3 motifs de répétition et plus spécialement au moins 10 motifs répétitifs.For the purposes of the invention, the term "polymers" means compounds comprising at least 2 repeating units, preferably at least 3 repeating units and more especially at least 10 repeating units.
Par « polymère semi-cristallin », on entend au sens de l'invention, des polymères comportant une partie cristallisable et une partie amorphe et présentant une température de changement de phase réversible du premier ordre, en particulier de fusion (transition solide-liquide). La partie cristallisable est soit une chaîne latérale (ou chaîne pendante), soit une séquence dans le squelette.For the purposes of the invention, the term "semi-crystalline polymer" is intended to mean polymers comprising a crystallizable part and an amorphous part and having a first-order reversible phase change temperature, in particular melting (solid-liquid transition). . The crystallizable portion is either a side chain (or pendant chain) or a sequence in the backbone.
Lorsque la partie cristallisable du polymère semi-cristallin est une séquence du squelette polymérique, cette séquence cristallisable est de nature chimique différente de celle des séquences amorphes; le polymère semi- cristallin est dans ce cas un copolymère séquence par exemple du type dibloc, tribloc ou multibloc. Lorsque la partie cristallisable est une chaîne pendante au squelette, le polymère semi cristallin peut être un homopolymère ou un copolymère.When the crystallizable portion of the semi-crystalline polymer is a sequence of the polymer backbone, this crystallizable block is of a different chemical nature from that of the amorphous sequences; the semicrystalline polymer is in this case a block copolymer, for example of the diblock, triblock or multiblock type. When the crystallizable portion is a chain pendant to the backbone, the semi-crystalline polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
Par « composé organique » ou « à structure organique », on entend des composés contenant des atomes de carbone et des atomes d'hydrogène et éventuellement des hétéroatomes comme S, O, N, P seuls ou en association.The term "organic compound" or "organic structure" means compounds containing carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms and optionally heteroatoms such as S, O, N, P alone or in combination.
La température de fusion du polymère semi-cristallin est de préférence inférieure à 150 0C.The melting temperature of the semicrystalline polymer is preferably less than 150 ° C.
La température de fusion du polymère semi-cristallin est de préférence supérieure ou égale à 30 0C et inférieure à 100 0C. De préférence encore, la température de fusion du polymère semi-cristallin est de préférence supérieure ou égale à 30 0C et inférieure à 70 0C. Le ou les polymères semi-cristallins selon l'invention servant sont des solides à température ambiante (25 0C) et pression atmosphérique (760 mm de Hg), dont la température de fusion est supérieure ou égale à 30 0C. Les valeurs de point de fusion correspondent au point de fusion mesuré à l'aide d'un calorimètre à balayage différentiel (D. S. C), tel que le calorimètre vendu sous la dénomination DSC 30 par la société METTLER, avec une montée en température de 5 ou 10 0C par minute. (Le point de fusion considéré est le point correspondant à la température du pic le plus endotherme du thermogramme).The melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably greater than or equal to 30 ° C. and less than 100 ° C. More preferably, the melting point of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably greater than or equal to 30 ° C. and less than 70 ° C. The semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention used are solids at ambient temperature (25 ° C.) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg), the melting point of which is greater than or equal to 30 ° C. The values of melting point correspond to the melting point measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DS C), such as the calorimeter sold under the name DSC 30 by the company METTLER, with a temperature rise of 5 or 10 0 C per minute. (The melting point considered is the point corresponding to the temperature of the most endothermic peak of the thermogram).
Le ou les polymères semi-cristallins selon l'invention ont de préférence une température de fusion supérieure à la température du support kératinique destiné à recevoir ladite composition, en particulier la peau ou les lèvres.The semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention preferably have a melting point higher than the temperature of the keratinous support intended to receive said composition, in particular the skin or the lips.
Selon l'invention les polymères semi- cristallins sont avantageusement solubles dans la phase grasse, notamment à au moins 1 % en poids, à une température supérieure à leur température de fusion. En dehors des chaînes ou séquences cristallisables, les séquences des polymères sont amorphes.According to the invention the semicrystalline polymers are advantageously soluble in the fatty phase, especially at least 1% by weight, at a temperature above their melting point. Apart from crystallizable chains or blocks, the sequences of the polymers are amorphous.
Par « chaîne ou séquence cristallisable », on entend au sens de l'invention une chaîne ou séquence qui si elle était seule passerait de l'état amorphe à l'état cristallin, de façon réversible, selon qu'on est au-dessus ou en dessous de la température de fusion. Une chaîne au sens de l'invention est un groupement d'atomes, pendant ou latéral par rapport au squelette du polymère. Une séquence est un groupement d'atomes appartenant au squelette, groupement constituant un des motifs répétitif du polymère.By "chain or crystallizable block" is meant, in the sense of the invention, a chain or sequence which, if it were alone, would pass from the amorphous state to the crystalline state, reversibly, depending on whether it is above or below below the melting temperature. A chain within the meaning of the invention is a group of atoms, during or lateral to the backbone of the polymer. A sequence is a group of atoms belonging to the backbone, a group constituting one of the repeating units of the polymer.
De préférence, le squelette polymérique des polymères semi-cristallins est soluble dans la phase grasse à une température supérieure à leur température de fusion.Preferably, the polymer backbone of the semi-crystalline polymers is soluble in the fatty phase at a temperature above their melting point.
De préférence, les séquences ou chaînes cristallisables des polymères semi- cristallins représentent au moins 30 % du poids total de chaque polymère et mieux au moins 40 %. Les polymères semi-cristallins à chaînes latérales cristallisables sont des homo ou des copolymères. Les polymères semi-cristallins de l'invention à séquences cristallisables sont des copolymères, séquences ou multiséquencés. Ils peuvent être obtenus par polymérisation de monomère à double liaisons réactives (ou éthyléniques) ou par poly condensation. Lorsque les polymères de l'invention sont des polymères à chaînes latérales cristallisables, ces derniers sont avantageusement sous forme aléatoire ou statistique. De préférence, les polymères semi-cristallins de l'invention sont d'origine synthétique.Preferably, the crystallizable sequences or chains of the semicrystalline polymers represent at least 30% of the total weight of each polymer and better still at least 40%. Crystallizable side-chain semi-crystalline polymers are homo or copolymers. The semicrystalline polymers of the invention with crystallizable sequences are copolymers, sequential or multisequenced. They can be obtained by polymerization of monomer with reactive (or ethylenic) double bonds or by polycondensation. When the polymers of the invention are crystallizable side chain polymers, the latter are advantageously in random or statistical form. Preferably, the semi-crystalline polymers of the invention are of synthetic origin.
Selon un mode de réalisation préféré, le polymère semi-cristallin est choisi parmi : - les homopolymères et copolymères comportant des motifs résultant de la polymérisation de un ou plusieurs monomères porteurs de chaîne(s) latérale(s) hydrophobe(s) cristallisable(s),According to a preferred embodiment, the semi-crystalline polymer is chosen from: homopolymers and copolymers comprising units resulting from the polymerization of one or more monomers bearing hydrophobic side chain (s) crystallizable (s) )
- les polymères portant dans le squelette au moins une séquence cristallisable,polymers carrying in the backbone at least one crystallizable block,
- les polycondensats de type polyester, aliphatique ou aromatique ou aliphatique/aromatique,polycondensates of polyester, aliphatic or aromatic or aliphatic / aromatic type,
- les copolymères d'éthylène et de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène.copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis.
Les polymères semi-cristallins utilisables dans l'invention peuvent être choisis en particulier parmi: - les copolymères séquences de polyoléfïnes à cristallisation contrôlée, dont les monomères sont décrits dans EP-A-O 951 897,The semicrystalline polymers that may be used in the invention may be chosen in particular from: block copolymers of polyolefins with controlled crystallization, the monomers of which are described in EP-A-0 951 897,
- les polycondensats et notamment de type polyester, aliphatique ou aromatique ou aliphatique/aromatique,polycondensates and in particular of polyester, aliphatic or aromatic or aliphatic / aromatic type,
- les copolymères d'éthylène et de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène,copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis,
- les homo- ou co-polymères portant au moins une chaîne latérale cristallisable et les homo- ou co-polymères portant dans le squelette au moins une séquence cristallisable, comme ceux décrits dans le document US-A-5, 156,911,homopolymers or copolymers carrying at least one crystallizable side chain and homopolymers or polymers bearing in the backbone at least one crystallizable block, such as those described in US-A-5, 156, 911,
- les homo- ou co-polymères portant au moins une chaîne latérale cristallisable en particulier à groupement(s) fluoré(s), tels que décrits dans le documenthomopolymers or copolymers carrying at least one crystallizable side chain, in particular with fluorinated group (s), as described in document
WO-A-01/19333,WO-A-01/19333,
- et leurs mélanges.- and their mixtures.
Dans les deux derniers cas, la ou les chaînes latérales ou séquences cristallisables sont hydrophobes.In the latter two cases, the one or more side chains or crystallizable blocks are hydrophobic.
A) Polymères semi-cristallins à chaînes latérales cristallisables On peut citer en particulier ceux définis dans les documents US-A-5, 156,911 et WO-A-01/19333.A) Semi-crystalline polymers with crystallizable side chains In particular, those defined in documents US-A-5, 156, 911 and WO-A-01/19333 may be mentioned.
Ce sont des homopolymères ou copolymères comportant de 50 à 100 % en poids de motifs résultant de la polymérisation de un ou plusieurs monomères porteurs de chaîne latérale hydrophobe cristallisât» le.These are homopolymers or copolymers comprising from 50 to 100% by weight of units resulting from the polymerization of one or more monomers bearing hydrophobic crystallizable side chain.
Ces homo- ou co-polymères sont de toute nature du moment qu'ils présentent les conditions indiquées ci-après avec en particulier la caractéristique d'être solubles ou dispersables dans la phase grasse, par chauffage au-dessus de leur température de fusion Pf. Ils peuvent résulter : - de la polymérisation notamment radicalaire d'un ou plusieurs monomères à double(s) liaison(s) réactive(s) ou éthyléniques vis-à-vis d'une polymérisation, à savoir à groupe vinylique, (méth)acrylique ou allylique.These homo- or co-polymers are of any kind as long as they have the conditions indicated below with in particular the characteristic of being soluble or dispersible in the fatty phase, by heating above their melting temperature. They can result from: - the radical polymerization of one or more monomers with double (s) reactive bond (s) or ethylenic vis-à-vis a polymerization, namely a vinyl group, (meth) ) acrylic or allylic.
- de la polycondensation d'un ou plusieurs monomères porteurs de groupes co-réactifs (acide carboxylique ou sulfonique, alcool, aminé ou isocyanate), comme par exemple les polyesters, les polyuréthanes, les polyéthers, les polyurées. a) D'une façon générale les motifs (chaînes ou séquences) cristallisables des polymères semi- cristallins selon l'invention, proviennent de monomère(s) à séquence(s) ou chaîne(s) cristallisable(s), utilisé(s) pour la fabrication des polymères semi-cristallins. Ces polymères sont choisis notamment parmi les homopolymères et copolymères résultant de la polymérisation d'au moins un monomère à chaîne(s) cristallisable(s) qui peut être représenté par la formule X : Mpolycondensation of one or more monomers carrying co-reactive groups (carboxylic or sulphonic acid, alcohol, amine or isocyanate), such as, for example, polyesters, polyurethanes, polyethers or polyureas. a) In general, the crystallizable units (chains or sequences) of the semicrystalline polymers according to the invention come from monomer (s) with a sequence (s) or crystallizable chain (s), used for the manufacture of semi-crystalline polymers. These polymers are chosen in particular from homopolymers and copolymers resulting from the polymerization of at least one crystallizable chain monomer (s) which may be represented by the formula X: M
C avec M représentant un atome du squelette polymérique, C représentant un groupe cristallisable, et S représentant un espaceur.C with M representing an atom of the polymer backbone, C representing a crystallizable group, and S representing a spacer.
Les chaînes « -S-C » cristallisables peuvent être aliphatiques ou aromatiques, éventuellement fluorées ou perfluorées. « C » représente notamment un groupe (CH2)D linéaire ou ramifié ou cyclique, avec n entier allant de 12 à 40. De préférence « C » est un groupe linéaire. De préférence, « S » et « C » sont différents.Crystallizable "-SC" chains may be aliphatic or aromatic, optionally fluorinated or perfluorinated. "C" represents in particular a group (CH 2 ) D linear or branched or cyclic, with n integer ranging from 12 to 40. Preferably "C" is a linear group. Preferably, "S" and "C" are different.
Lorsque les chaînes cristallisables sont des chaînes aliphatiques hydrocarbonées, elles comportent des chaînes alkyle hydrocarbonées à au moins 12 atomes de carbone et au plus 40 atomes de carbone et mieux au plus 24 atomes de carbone. Il s'agit notamment de chaînes aliphatiques ou chaînes alkyle possédant au moins 12 atomes de carbone et de préférence, il s'agit de chaînes alkyles en C14-C24, de préférence en C16-C22 .Lorsqu'il s'agit de chaînes alkyle fluorées ou perfluorées, elles comportent au moins 11 atomes de carbone dont au moins 6 atomes de carbone sont fluorés. Comme exemple d'homopolymères ou de copolymères semi-cristallins à chaîne(s) cristallisable(s), on peut citer ceux résultant de la polymérisation d'un ou plusieurs monomères suivants : les (méth)acrylates d' alkyle saturés avec le groupe alkyle en C14-C24, les (méth)acrylates de perfluoroalkyle avec un groupe alkyle perfluoro en C11-C15, les N-alkyl (méth)acrylamides avec le groupe alkyle en C14 à C24 avec ou sans atome de fluor, les esters vinyliques à chaînes alkyle ou perfluoro (alkyle) avec le groupe alkyle en C14 à C24 (avec au moins 6 atomes de fluor pour une chaîne perfluoro alkyle), les éthers vinyliques à chaînes alkyle ou perfluoro (alkyle) avec le groupe alkyle en C14 à C24 et au moins 6 atomes de fluor pour une chaîne perfluoro alkyle, les alpha-oléfmes en C14 à C24 comme par exemple l'octadécène, les para-alkyl styrènes avec un groupe alkyle comportant de 12 à 24 atomes de carbone, leurs mélanges.When the crystallizable chains are aliphatic hydrocarbon chains, they comprise hydrocarbon alkyl chains containing at least 12 carbon atoms and at most 40 carbon atoms and better still at most 24 carbon atoms. They are in particular aliphatic chains or alkyl chains having at least 12 carbon atoms and preferably they are C14-C24 alkyl chains, preferably C16-C22 chains. In the case of alkyl chains fluorinated or perfluorinated, they contain at least 11 carbon atoms of which at least 6 carbon atoms are fluorinated. As examples of semi-crystalline homopolymers or copolymers with crystallizable chain (s), mention may be made of those resulting from the polymerization of one or more of the following monomers: alkyl (meth) acrylates saturated with the alkyl group C14-C24, the perfluoroalkyl (meth) acrylates with alkyl perfluoro C 11 -C 15 N-alkyl (meth) acrylamides with the alkyl group C 14 to C24 with or without a fluorine atom, esters vinyl chain alkyl or perfluoro (alkyl) with C 14 to C 24 alkyl (with at least 6 fluorine atoms for a perfluoroalkyl chain), vinyl ethers with alkyl chains or perfluoro (alkyl) with the alkyl group in C 14 to C24 and at least 6 fluorine atoms for a perfluoroalkyl chain, C 14 to C 24 alpha-olefins such as octadecene, para-alkyl styrenes with an alkyl group having from 12 to 24 carbon atoms, their mixtures.
Lorsque les polymères résultent d'une po Iy condensation, les chaînes cristallisables hydrocarbonées et/ou fluorées telles que définies ci-dessus, sont portées par un monomère qui peut être un diacide, un diol, une diamine, un di-isocyanate.When the polymers result from a condensation process, the crystallizable hydrocarbon and / or fluorinated chains as defined above are borne by a monomer which may be a diacid, a diol, a diamine or a diisocyanate.
Lorsque les polymères objets de l'invention sont des copolymères, ils contiennent, en plus, de 0 à 50 % de groupes Y qui est un monomère polaire ou non polaire ou un mélange des deux :When the polymers which are the subject of the invention are copolymers, they contain, in addition, from 0 to 50% of groups Y which is a polar or non-polar monomer or a mixture of both:
Lorsque Y est un monomère polaire, c'est soit un monomère porteur de groupes polyoxyalkylénés (notamment oxyéthyléné et/ou oxypropyléné), un (méth)acrylate d'hydroxyalkyle comme l'acrylate d'hydroxyéthyle, le (méth)acrylamide, un N-alkyl(méth)acrylamide, un NN-dialkyl(méth)acrylamide comme par exemple le NN-diisopropylacrylamide ou la N-vinyl-pyrolidone (NVP), le N-vinyl caprolactame, un monomère porteur d'au moins un groupe acide carboxylique comme les acides (méth)acryliques, crotonique, itaconique, maléique, fumarique ou porteur d'un groupe anhydride d'acide carboxylique comme l'anhydride maléique, et leurs mélanges.When Y is a polar monomer, it is either a monomer bearing polyoxyalkylene groups (in particular oxyethylenated and / or oxypropylene), a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, (meth) acrylamide, a alkyl (meth) acrylamide, an N, N-dialkyl (meth) acrylamide, for example NN-diisopropylacrylamide or N-vinylpyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinyl caprolactam, a monomer carrying at least one carboxylic acid group; like acids (Meth) acrylic, crotonic, itaconic, maleic, fumaric or bearing a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride, and mixtures thereof.
Lorsque Y est un monomère non polaire il peut être un ester du typeWhen Y is a non-polar monomer it can be an ester of the type
(méth)acrylate d'alkyle linéaire ramifié ou cyclique, un ester vinylique, un alkyl vinyl éther, une alpha-oléfme, le styrène ou le styrène substitué par un groupe alkyle enlinear or branched alkyl (meth) acrylate, a vinyl ester, an alkyl vinyl ether, an alpha-olefin, styrene or styrene substituted with an alkyl group
Ci à Cio, comme l'cc-méthylstyrène, un macromonomère du type polyorganosiloxane à insaturation vinylique.C 1 -C 10, such as α-methylstyrene, a vinyl-unsaturated polyorganosiloxane macromonomer.
Par « alkyle », on entend au sens au sens de l'invention un groupement saturé notamment en Cs à C24, sauf mention exprès. De préférence, les polymères semi-cristallins à chaîne latérale cristallisable sont des homopolymères d'alkyl(méth)acrylate ou d'alkyl(méth)acrylamide avec un groupe alkyle tel que défini ci-dessus, et notamment en C14-C24, des copolymères de ces monomères avec un monomère hydrophile de préférence de nature différente de l'acide (méth)acrylique comme la N-vinylpyrrolidone ou l'hydroxyéthyl (méth)acrylate et leurs mélanges.By "alkyl" is meant in the sense of the invention a saturated group including Cs to C24, except express mention. Preferably, the semicrystalline crystallizable side chain polymers are homopolymers of alkyl (meth) acrylate or of alkyl (meth) acrylamide with an alkyl group as defined above, and in particular at C14-C24, copolymers these monomers with a hydrophilic monomer preferably of different nature from (meth) acrylic acid such as N-vinylpyrrolidone or hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and mixtures thereof.
De façon avantageuse, le ou les polymères semi-cristallins à chaîne latérale cristallisable ont une masse moléculaire moyenne en poids Mp allant de 5 000 à 1 000 000, de préférence de 10 000 à 800 000, préférentiellement de 15 000 à 500 000, de préférence encore de 100 000 à 200 000. A titre d'exemple particulier de polymère semi-cristallin utilisable dans la composition selon l'invention, on peut citer les produits Intelimer® de la société Landec décrits dans la brochure « Intelimer® polymers », Landec IP22 (Rev. 4-97). Ces polymères sont sous forme solide à température ambiante (25 0C). Ils sont porteurs de chaînes latérales cristallisables et présentent la formule X précédente. Par exemple, on choisit le produit Intelimer® IPA 13-1 de la société Landec, qui est un polyacrylate de stéaryle de poids moléculaire d'environ 145 000 et dont la température de fusion est égale à 49 0C.Advantageously, the crystallizable side chain semi-crystalline polymer (s) have a weight average molecular weight Mw ranging from 5,000 to 1,000,000, preferably from 10,000 to 800,000, preferably from 15,000 to 500,000, of preferably 100 000 to 200 000. as a specific example of usable semi-crystalline polymer in the composition according to the invention, mention may be made Intelimer ® products from Landec described in the brochure "Intelimer ® polymers", Landec IP22 (Rev. 4-97). These polymers are in solid form at ambient temperature (25 ° C.). They carry crystallizable side chains and have the above formula X. For example, one chooses the product Intelimer ® IPA 13-1 from Landec, which is a stearyl polyacrylate with a molecular weight of about 145,000 and whose melting temperature is equal to 49 ° C.
Les polymères semi- cristallins peuvent être notamment ceux décrits dans les exemples 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 du brevet US-A-5 156 911 et plus particulièrement de la copolymérisation :The semicrystalline polymers may especially be those described in Examples 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 of US Pat. No. 5,156,911 and more particularly of the copolymerization:
- d'acide acrylique, d'hexadécylacrylate et d'isodécylacrylate dans un rapport 1/16/3,acrylic acid, hexadecylacrylate and isodecylacrylate in a 1/16/3 ratio,
- d'acide acrylique et de pentadécylacrylate dans un rapport 1/19, - d'acide acrylique, d'hexadécylacrylate, éthylacrylate dans un rapport 2,5/76,5/20,acrylic acid and pentadecylacrylate in a 1/19 ratio, acrylic acid, hexadecylacrylate, ethyl acrylate in a ratio of 2.5: 76.5: 20,
- d'acide acrylique, d'hexadécylacrylate et de méthylacrylate dans un rapport 5/85/10,acrylic acid, hexadecylacrylate and methylacrylate in a 5/85/10 ratio,
- d'acide acrylique, de polyoctadécylméthacrylate dans un rapport 2,5/97,5.acrylic acid, polyoctadecylmethacrylate in a 2.5 / 97.5 ratio.
On peut aussi utiliser le polymère Structure « O » de National Starch tel que celui décrit dans le document US-A-5 736 125 de température de fusion de 44 0CIt is also possible to use the National Starch "O" Structure polymer such as that described in document US-A-5 736 125 with a melting point of 44 ° C.
Les polymères semi- cristallins peuvent être notamment les polymères semi- cristallins à chaînes pendantes cristallisables comportant des groupements fluorés tels que décrits dans les exemples 1, 4, 6, 7 et 8 du document WO-A-01/19333.The semicrystalline polymers may in particular be semi-crystalline crystalline pendant chain polymers containing fluorinated groups as described in Examples 1, 4, 6, 7 and 8 of document WO-A-01/19333.
On peut encore utiliser les polymères semi- cristallins obtenus par copolymérisation d'acrylate de stéaryle et d'acide acrylique ou de NVP tels que décrits dans le document US-A-5,519,063 ou EP-A- 0 550 745.Semicrystalline polymers obtained by copolymerization of stearyl acrylate and acrylic acid or NVP as described in US-A-5,519,063 or EP-A-0 550 745 can also be used.
On peut aussi utiliser les polymères semi- cristallins obtenus par copolymérisation de l'acrylate de béhényle et de l'acide acrylique ou de NVP, tels que décrits dans les documents US-A-5, 519,063 et EP-A- 055 0745 et plus spécialement ceux décrits dans les exemples 3 et 4, ci-après, de préparation de polymère.It is also possible to use the semi-crystalline polymers obtained by copolymerization of behenyl acrylate and acrylic acid or NVP, as described in documents US-A-5, 519,063 and EP-A-055 0745 and more especially those described in Examples 3 and 4, hereinafter, of polymer preparation.
B) Les polymères portant dans le squelette au moins une séquence cristallisableB) Polymers carrying in the skeleton at least one crystallizable block
II s'agit encore de polymères so lubies ou dispersables dans la phase grasse par chauffage au-dessus de leur point de fusion Pf. Ces polymères sont notamment des copolymères séquences constitués d'au moins deux séquences de nature chimique différente dont l'une est cristallisable.They are also polymers which are soluble or dispersible in the fatty phase by heating above their melting point M.sub.p. These polymers are especially block copolymers consisting of at least two sequences of different chemical nature, one of which is crystallizable.
Le polymère portant dans le squelette au moins une séquence cristallisable peut être choisi parmi les copolymères séquences d'oléfme ou de cyclooléfine à chaîne cristallisable comme ceux issus de la polymérisation séquencée de :The polymer carrying at least one crystallizable block in the backbone may be chosen from block copolymers of olefin or cycloolefin with a crystallizable chain, such as those resulting from the sequential polymerization of:
- cyclobutène, cyclohexène, cyclooctène, norbornène (c'est-à-dire bicyclo(2,2,l)heptène- 2), 5-méthylnorbornène, 5-éthylnorbornène, 5,6-diméthylnorbornène,cyclobutene, cyclohexene, cyclooctene, norbornene (i.e., bicyclo (2,2,1) heptene-2), 5-methylnorbornene, 5-ethylnorbornene, 5,6-dimethylnorbornene,
5,5,6-triméthyl norbornène, 5-éthylidène-norbornène, 5-phényl-norbonène,5,5,6-trimethyl norbornene, 5-ethylidene norbornene, 5-phenyl-norbonene,
5-benzylnorbornène, 5-vinyl norbornène, l,4,5,8-diméthano-l,2,3,4,4a,5,8a- octahydronaphtalène, dicyclopentadiène ou leurs mélanges, avec5-benzylnorbornene, 5-vinyl norbornene, 1,4,5,8-dimethano-1,2,3,4,4a, 5,8-octahydronaphthalene, dicyclopentadiene or mixtures thereof, with
- l'éthylène, le propylène, le 1 -butène, le 3-méthyl-l -butène, le 1-hexène, le 4-méthyl-l-pentène, le 1-octène, le 1 -décène, le 1-éicosène ou leurs mélanges, et en particulier les copoly(éthylène/norbornène) blocs et les terpolymères (éthylène/propylène/éthylidène-norbornène), blocs. On peut aussi utiliser ceux résultants de la copolymérisation séquencée d'au moins 2 α-oléfines en C2-Ci6 et mieux en C2-Ci2 tels que ceux cités précédemment et en particulier les bipolymères séquences d'éthylène et d'1-octène.ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 3-methyl-1-butene, 1-hexene, 4-methyl-1-pentene, 1-octene, 1-decene, 1-eicosene or their mixtures, and in particular copoly (ethylene / norbornene) blocks and terpolymers (ethylene / propylene / ethylidene norbornene), blocks. It is also possible to use those resulting from the block copolymerization of at least 2 C 2 -C 16 α-olefins and better still C 2 -C 12 such as those mentioned above, and in particular the block copolymers of ethylene and of 1 octene.
Le polymère portant dans le squelette au moins une séquence cristallisable peut être choisi parmi les copolymères présentant au moins une séquence cristallisable, le reste du copolymère étant amorphe (à température ambiante). Ces copolymères peuvent, en outre, présenter deux séquences cristallisables de nature chimique différente. Les copolymères préférés sont ceux qui possèdent à la fois à température ambiante, une séquence cristallisable et une séquence amorphe lipophile réparties séquentiellement. On peut citer par exemple les polymères possédant une des séquences cristallisables et une des séquences amorphes suivantes :The polymer carrying at least one crystallizable block in the backbone may be chosen from copolymers having at least one crystallizable block, the rest of the copolymer being amorphous (at room temperature). These copolymers may, in addition, have two crystallizable blocks of different chemical nature. The preferred copolymers are those which have at both room temperature, a crystallizable block and a lipophilic amorphous sequence sequentially distributed. Mention may be made, for example, of polymers having one of the crystallizable blocks and one of the following amorphous blocks:
- Séquence cristallisable par nature de type polyester comme les poly(alkylène téréphtalate), ou de type polyoléfïne comme les polyéthylènes ou polypropylènes.- Sequence crystallizable by nature of the polyester type such as poly (alkylene terephthalate), or polyolefin type such as polyethylenes or polypropylenes.
- Séquence amorphe et lipophile comme les polyoléfmes ou copoly(oléfïne)s amorphes telles que le poly(isobutylène), le polybutadiène hydrogéné, le poly(isoprène) hydrogéné.- Amorphous and lipophilic sequence such as amorphous polyolefins or copoly (olefins) such as poly (isobutylene), hydrogenated polybutadiene, hydrogenated poly (isoprene).
Comme exemple de tels copolymères à séquence cristallisable et à séquence amorphe, on peut citer : α) les copolymères séquences poly(ε-caprolactone)-b-poly(butadiène), utilisés de préférence hydrogénés, tels que ceux décrits dans l'article D6 « Melting behavior of poly(-caprolactone)-block-polybutadiène copolymers » de S. Nojima, Macromolécules, 32, 3727-3734 (1999). β) les copolymères séquences poly(butylènetéréphtalate)-b-poly(isoprène) hydrogénés séquences ou multiséquencés, cités dans l'article D7 « Study of morphological and mechanical properties of PP/PBT » de B. Boutevin et al., Polymer Bulletin, 34, 117-123 (1995). γ) les copolymères séquences poly(éthylène)-b-copoly(éthylène/propylène) cités dans les articles D8 « Morphology of semi-crystalline block copolymers of ethylene-As examples of such crystallizable block and amorphous block copolymers, mention may be made of: α) poly (ε-caprolactone) -b-poly (butadiene) block copolymers, preferably used in hydrogenation, such as those described in article D6 "Melting behavior of poly (-caprolactone) -block-polybutadiene copolymers" of S. Nojima, Macromolecules, 32, 3727-3734 (1999). β) block or multiblocked hydrogenated poly (butylene terephthalate) -b-poly (isoprene) block copolymers, cited in article D7 "Study of morphological and mechanical properties of PP / PBT" by B. Boutevin et al., Polymer Bulletin, 34, 117-123 (1995). γ) poly (ethylene) -b-copoly (ethylene / propylene) block copolymers cited in articles D8 "Morphology of semi-crystalline block copolymers of ethylene-
(ethylene-alt-propylene) » de P. Rangarajan et al, Macromolecules, 26, 4640-4645 (1993) et D9 « Polymer agregates with crystalline cores : the System poly(ethylene)- poly(ethylene-propylene) » P. Richter et al., Macromolécules, 30, 1053-1068 (1997). δ) les copolymères séquences poly(éthylène)-b-poly(éthyléthylène) cités dans l'article général DlO « Cristallization in block copolymers » de LW. Hamley, Advances in Polymer Science, vol 148, 113-137 (1999).(ethylene-alt-propylene) "from P. Rangarajan et al., Macromolecules, 26, 4640-4645 (1993) and D9 "Polymer Aggregates with Crystalline cores: the Poly (ethylene) -poly (ethylene-propylene) System" P. Richter et al., Macromolecules, 30, 1053-1068 (1997). δ) the poly (ethylene) -b-poly (ethylethylene) block copolymers mentioned in the general article D10 "Crystallization in block copolymers" of LW. Hamley, Advances in Polymer Science, Vol 148, 113-137 (1999).
C) Polycondensats de type polyester, aliphatique ou aromatique ou aliphatique/aromatiqueC) Polycondensates of polyester, aliphatic or aromatic or aliphatic / aromatic type
Les polycondensats polyester peuvent être choisis parmi les polyesters aliphatiques. Leur masse moléculaire est de préférence supérieure ou égale à 200 et inférieure ou égal à 10000, et de préférence encore supérieure ou égale à 300 et inférieure ou égal à 5000, de préférence supérieure ou égale à 500 et supérieure ou égale àThe polyester polycondensates may be chosen from aliphatic polyesters. Their molecular mass is preferably greater than or equal to 200 and less than or equal to 10,000, and more preferably greater than or equal to 300 and less than or equal to 5000, preferably greater than or equal to 500 and greater than or equal to
2 000 g/mol.2,000 g / mol.
Les polycondensats polyester sont en particulier choisis parmi les polycaprolactones. En particulier, les polycaprolactones peuvent être choisies parmi les homopolymères d'ε-caprolactones. L'homopolymérisation peut être initiée avec un diol, notamment un diol ayant de 2 à 10 atomes de carbone, tels que le diéthylène glycol, leThe polyester polycondensates are in particular chosen from polycaprolactones. In particular, the polycaprolactones may be chosen from homopolymers of ε-caprolactones. The homopolymerization can be initiated with a diol, in particular a diol having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as diethylene glycol,
1,4-butanediol, le néopentyl glycol.1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol.
On peut utiliser par exemple les polycaprolactones, notamment celles commercialisées sous le nom de CAPA 240 (point de fusion de 68 0C et poids moléculaire de 4000), 223 (point de fusion de 48°C et poids moléculaire de 2000), 222For example, polycaprolactones, especially those marketed under the name CAPA 240 (mp 68 ° C. and molecular weight 4000), 223 (mp 48 ° C. and molecular weight 2000), may be used.
(point de fusion de 48 0C et poids moléculaire de 2000), 217 (point de fusion de 44 0C et poids moléculaire de 1250), 2125 (point de fusion de 45°C et poids moléculaire de 1250),(melting point of 48 ° C. and molecular weight of 2000), 217 (melting point of 44 ° C. and molecular weight of 1250), 2125 (melting point of 45 ° C. and molecular weight of 1250),
212 (point de fusion de 45 0C et poids moléculaire de 1000), 210 (point de fusion de 38 0C et poids moléculaire de 1000), 205 (point de fusion de 39°C et poids moléculaire de 830) par la société SOLVAY, PCL-300, PCL-700 par la société UNION CARBIDE.212 (melting point of 45 ° C. and molecular weight of 1000), 210 (melting point of 38 ° C. and molecular weight of 1000), 205 (melting point of 39 ° C. and molecular weight of 830) by the company SOLVAY, PCL-300, PCL-700 by UNION CARBIDE.
On peut utiliser en particulier la CAPA 2125 dont la température de fusion est comprise entre 35 et 45 0C et dont la masse moléculaire est poids est égale à 1250.In particular, CAPA 2125 can be used, the melting point of which is between 35 and 45 ° C. and the molecular weight of which is equal to 1250.
Les polymères semi-cristallins de la composition de l'invention peuvent être ou non réticulés en partie du moment où le taux de réticulation ne gène pas leur dissolution ou dispersion dans la phase grasse par chauffage au-dessus de leur température de fusion. Il peut s'agir alors d'une réticulation chimique, par réaction avec un monomère multifonctionnel lors de la polymérisation. Il peut aussi s'agir d'une réticulation physique qui peut alors être due soit à l'établissement de liaisons type hydrogène ou dipolaire entre des groupes portés par le polymère comme par exemple les interactions dipolaires entre ionomères carboxylates, ces interactions étant en faible quantité et portées par le squelette du polymère ; soit à une séparation de phase entre les séquences cristallisables et les séquences amorphes, portées par le polymère.The semi-crystalline polymers of the composition of the invention may or may not be partially crosslinked when the degree of crosslinking does not interfere with their dissolution or dispersion in the fatty phase by heating above their melting point. It may then be a chemical crosslinking, by reaction with a multifunctional monomer during the polymerization. It can also be a physical crosslinking which can then be due either to the establishment of hydrogen or dipolar type bonds between groups carried by the polymer, for example the dipolar interactions between carboxylate ionomers, these interactions being in small quantities and carried by the backbone of the polymer; or at a phase separation between the crystallizable blocks and the amorphous blocks carried by the polymer.
De préférence, les polymères semi-cristallins de la composition selon l'invention sont non réticulés.Preferably, the semi-crystalline polymers of the composition according to the invention are uncrosslinked.
D) les copolymères d'éthylène et de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène Le polymère semi-cristallin de la composition de l'invention peut également être un polymère obtenu par catalyse métallocène, tels que ceux décrits dans le brevet US 2007/0031361 dont le contenu est incorporé à titre de référence.D) Copolymers of Ethylene and Propylene Prepared by Metallocene Catalysis The semi-crystalline polymer of the composition of the invention may also be a polymer obtained by metallocene catalysis, such as those described in US Patent 2007/0031361 whose content is incorporated by reference.
Ces polymères sont des copolymères d'éthylène et de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène, c'est-à-dire par polymérisation à basse pression et en présence d'un catalyseur métallocène.These polymers are copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis, that is to say by polymerization at low pressure and in the presence of a metallocene catalyst.
La masse moyenne en poids (Mw) de ces copolymères obtenus par catalyse métallocène décrits dans ce document est inférieure ou égale à 25 000 g/mol, elle va par exemple de 2 000 à 22 000 g/mol et mieux de 4 000 à 20 000 g/mol.The weight average mass (Mw) of these copolymers obtained by metallocene catalysis described in this document is less than or equal to 25,000 g / mol, it ranges, for example, from 2,000 to 22,000 g / mol and better still from 4,000 to 20,000 g / mol. 000 g / mol.
La masse moyenne en nombre (Mn) de ces copolymères obtenues par catalyse métallocène décrits dans ce document est de préférence inférieure ou égale à 15 000 g/mol, elle va par exemple de 1 000 à 12 000 g/mol, et mieux de 2 000 à 10 000 g/mol.The number average mass (Mn) of these copolymers obtained by metallocene catalysis described herein is preferably less than or equal to 15,000 g / mol, it ranges, for example, from 1,000 to 12,000 g / mol, and better still from 2 to 000 to 10,000 g / mol.
L'indice de polydispersité I du polymère est égal au rapport de la masse moyenne en poids Mw sur la masse moyenne en nombre Mn.The polydispersity index I of the polymer is equal to the ratio of the weight average mass Mw to the number average mass Mn.
De façon préférée, l'indice de polydispersité des copolymères est compris entre 1,5 et 10, de préférence entre 1,5 et 5, de préférence entre 1,5 et 3 et mieux encore, entre 2 et 2,5.Preferably, the polydispersity index of the copolymers is between 1.5 and 10, preferably between 1.5 and 5, preferably between 1.5 and 3 and better still, between 2 and 2.5.
Les copolymères peuvent être obtenus de manière connue à partir des monomères éthylène et/ou propylène par exemple par catalyse métallocène selon le procédé décrit dans le document EP 571 882 dont le contenu est incorporé à titre de référence.The copolymers can be obtained in a known manner from ethylene and / or propylene monomers, for example by metallocene catalysis according to the process described in document EP 571 882, the contents of which are incorporated by reference.
Les copolymères d'éthylène et de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène peuvent être non modifiés ou modifiés « polairement » (polar modifîed, c'est-à-dire modifiées de sorte qu'elles présentent des groupements polaires). Les copolymères modifiés polairement peuvent être préparés de manière connue à partir de homopolymères et les copolymères non modifiés tels que ceux décrits précédemment par oxydation avec des gaz contenant de l'oxygène, tel que l'air, ou par greffage avec des monomères polaires tels que l'acide maléique ou l'acide acrylique ou encore des dérivés de ces acides. Ces deux voies permettant de modifier polairement des polyoléfines obtenues par catalyse métallocène sont décrites respectivement dans les documents EP 890 583 et US 5 998 547 par exemple, le contenu de ces deux document étant incorporé à titre de référence.The copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis can be unmodified or "polar" modified (polar modified, that is to say modified so that they have polar groupings). The polar-modified copolymers can be prepared in a known manner from homopolymers and unmodified copolymers such as those described above by oxidation with oxygen-containing gases, such as air, or by grafting with polar monomers such as maleic acid or acrylic acid or derivatives of these acids. These two paths for polely modifying polyolefins obtained by metallocene catalysis are described respectively in EP 890 583 and US 5 998 547 for example, the contents of these two documents being incorporated by reference.
Selon la présente invention, les copolymères d'éthylène et/ou de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène modifiés polairement et particulièrement préférés sont les polymères modifiés de façon à ce qu'ils présentent des propriétés hydrophiles. A titre d'exemple, on peut citer des homopolymères ou des copolymères d'éthylène et/ou de propylène modifiés par la présence de groupes hydrophiles tels que l'anhydride maléique, l'acrylate, le méthacrylate, la polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), etc. Les homopolymères ou des copolymères d'éthylène et/ou de propylène modifiés par la présence de groupes hydrophiles tels que l'anhydride maléique ou l'acrylate, sont particulièrement préférés.According to the present invention, the copolymers of ethylene and / or propylene prepared by polarized and especially preferred metallocene catalysis are the modified polymers so that they exhibit hydrophilic properties. By way of example, there may be mentioned homopolymers or copolymers of ethylene and / or propylene modified by the presence of hydrophilic groups such as maleic anhydride, acrylate, methacrylate, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), etc. . Homopolymers or copolymers of ethylene and / or propylene modified by the presence of hydrophilic groups such as maleic anhydride or acrylate are particularly preferred.
A titre d'exemple, on peut citer : - les polymères de polypropylène modifiées par de l'anhydride maléique (PPMA) commercialisés par la société Clariant ou les copolymères polypropylène-éthylène- anhydride maléïque, tels que ceux commercialisés par la société Clariant sous le nom de LicoCare comme LicoCare PP207 LP3349, LicoCare CM401 LP3345, LicoCare CA301 LP 3346, et LicoCare CA302 LP 3347.By way of example, mention may be made of: maleic anhydride modified polypropylene polymers (PPMA) marketed by Clariant or polypropylene-ethylene-maleic anhydride copolymers, such as those marketed by Clariant under the name LicoCare name as LicoCare PP207 LP3349, LicoCare CM401 LP3345, LicoCare CA301 LP 3346, and LicoCare CA302 LP 3347.
Dans le cadre d'une composition pour les lèvres, on préférera un polymère modifié polairement présentant un faible degré de cristallinité, de préférence de moins de 40 %.In the context of a composition for the lips, it is preferred a polished polymer having a low degree of crystallinity, preferably less than 40%.
Autres agents structurantsOther structuring agents
La composition selon la présente invention peut en outre comprendre d'autres agents structurants que la cire telle que précédemment définie. On entend par agent structurant un composé apte à augmenter la viscosité de la composition l'incorporant. L'agent structurant permet notamment d'obtenir une composition pouvant présenter une texture allant des textures fluides à solides.The composition according to the present invention may further comprise other structuring agents than the wax as defined above. Agent is understood structuring a compound capable of increasing the viscosity of the composition incorporating it. The structuring agent makes it possible in particular to obtain a composition that can present a texture ranging from fluid to solid textures.
A ce titre on peut notamment citer : - les argiles organophiles, comme les hectorites modifiées par un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22, comme l'hectorite modifiée par du chlorure de di-stéaryl di- méthyl ammonium telle que, par exemple, celle commercialisée sous la dénomination de Bentone 38V® par la société ELEMENTIS.In this respect, mention may be made especially of: organophilic clays, such as hectorites modified with a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride, such as hectorite modified with di-stearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride such as, for example , that sold under the name Bentone 38V ® by Elementis.
- les silices pyrogénées, comme les silices pyrogénées éventuellement traitées hydrophobe en surface dont la taille des particules est inférieure à 1 μm. Il est en effet possible de modifier chimiquement la surface de la silice, par réaction chimique générant une diminution du nombre de groupes silanol présents à la surface de la silice. On peut notamment substituer des groupes silanol par des groupements hydrophobes : on obtient alors une silice hydrophobe. Les groupements hydrophobes peuvent être : 1. des groupements triméthylsiloxyle, qui sont notamment obtenus par traitement de silice pyrogénée en présence de l'hexaméthyldisilazane. Des silices ainsi traitées sont dénommées « Silica silylate » selon le CTFA (8eme édition, 2000). Elles sont par exemple commercialisées sous les références Aerosil R812® par la société DEGUSSA, CAB-O- SIL TS-530® par la société CABOT,pyrogenic silicas, such as pyrogenic silicas optionally treated hydrophobic on the surface, the particle size of which is less than 1 μm. It is indeed possible to chemically modify the surface of the silica, by chemical reaction generating a decrease in the number of silanol groups present on the surface of the silica. In particular, it is possible to substitute silanol groups with hydrophobic groups: a hydrophobic silica is then obtained. The hydrophobic groups may be: 1. trimethylsiloxyl groups, which are especially obtained by treatment of fumed silica in the presence of hexamethyldisilazane. Silicas thus treated are named "Silica Silylate" according to the CTFA (8 th edition, 2000). They are for example marketed under the references Aerosil R812 ® by Degussa, CAB-O-SIL TS-530 ® by the company Cabot;
2. des groupements diméthylsilyloxyle ou polydiméthylsiloxane, qui sont notamment obtenus par traitement de silice pyrogénée en présence de polydiméthylsiloxane ou du diméthyldichlorosilane. Des silices ainsi traitées sont dénommées « Silica diméthyl silylate » selon le CTFA (8ème édition, 2000). Elles sont par exemple commercialisées sous les références Aerosil R972®, et Aerosil R974® par la société DEGUSSA, CAB-O-SIL TS-610® et CAB-O-SIL TS-720® par la société CABOT.2. Dimethylsilyloxyl or polydimethylsiloxane groups, which are especially obtained by treating fumed silica in the presence of polydimethylsiloxane or dimethyldichlorosilane. Silicas thus treated are called "Silica dimethyl silylate" according to the CTFA (8th edition, 2000). They are for example marketed under the references Aerosil R972®, and Aerosil R974® by the company DEGUSSA, CAB-O-SIL TS-610® and CAB-O-SIL TS-720® by CABOT.
- les gommes de guar alkylées (avec groupe alkyle en C1-C6), telles que celles décrites dans EP-A-708114, ou par exemple les dérivés de cellulose tels que l'éthylcellulose comme celle vendue sous la dénomination Ethocel® par la société DOW CHEMICAL ; - Les copolymères séquences hydrocarbonés appelés également copolymère bloc, de préférence un copolymère séquence so lubie ou dispersible dans une phase grasse liquide.- the alkyl guar gums (with C1-C6), such as those described in EP-A-708 114, or for example cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose such as that sold under the name Ethocel ® by the company DOW CHEMICAL; Hydrocarbon block copolymers, also known as block copolymers, preferably a block copolymer which is soluble or dispersible in a liquid fatty phase.
Le copolymère bloc hydrocarboné peut être notamment un copolymère dibloc, tribloc, multibloc, radial, étoile, ou leurs mélanges.The hydrocarbon block copolymer may in particular be a diblock, triblock, multiblock, radial or star copolymer, or mixtures thereof.
De tels copolymères blocs hydrocarbonés sont décrits dans la demande US-A-2002/005562 et dans le brevet US-A-5,221,534.Such hydrocarbon block copolymers are described in US-A-2002/005562 and in US-A-5,221,534.
Comme copolymère dibloc, de préférence hydrogéné, on peut citer les copolymères de styrène-éthylène/propylène, les copolymères de styrène-éthylène/butadiène, les copolymères de styrène-éthylène/butylène. Des polymères diblocs sont notamment vendus sous la dénomination Kraton® G1701E par la sociétéAs the diblock copolymer, preferably hydrogenated, mention may be made of styrene-ethylene / propylene copolymers, styrene-ethylene / butadiene copolymers and styrene-ethylene / butylene copolymers. Diblock polymers are sold under the name Kraton ® by the company G1701E
Kraton Polymers.Kraton Polymers.
Comme copolymère tribloc, de préférence hydrogéné, on peut citer les copolymères de styrène-éthylène/propylène-styrène, les copolymères de styrène- éthylène/butadiène-styrène, les copolymères de styrène-éthylène/butylène-styrène les copolymères de styrène-isoprène-styrène, les copolymères de styrène-butadiène-styrène. Des polymères triblocs sont notamment vendus sous les dénominations Kraton® Gl 650, Kraton® G 1652, Kraton® DI lOl, Kraton® Dl 102, Kraton® Dl 160 par la société Kraton Polymers. - et leurs mélanges.As the triblock copolymer, preferably hydrogenated, mention may be made of styrene-ethylene / propylene-styrene copolymers, styrene-ethylene / butadiene-styrene copolymers, styrene-ethylene / butylene-styrene copolymers and styrene-isoprene-copolymers. styrene, styrene-butadiene-styrene copolymers. Triblock polymers are sold under the names Kraton Gl 650 ®, Kraton ® G 1652, Kraton ® DI lOl, Kraton ® Dl 102, Kraton Dl 160 ® by the company Kraton Polymers. - and their mixtures.
De tels autres agents structurants peuvent être compris dans la composition conforme à l'invention dans une teneur comprise entre 0,5 % et 20 % en poids, notamment entre 0,5 % et 10 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition.Such other structuring agents may be included in the composition according to the invention in a content of between 0.5% and 20% by weight, in particular between 0.5% and 10% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition. composition.
Matières colorantesColoring matters
Les compositions selon l'invention peuvent avantageusement contenir un agent de coloration qui peut être choisi parmi les colorants hydrosolubles ou liposolubles, les pigments, les nacres et leurs mélanges.The compositions according to the invention may advantageously contain a coloring agent which may be chosen from water-soluble or liposoluble dyes, pigments, pearlescent agents and mixtures thereof.
La composition selon l'invention peut en outre comprendre une ou des matières colorantes choisies parmi les colorants hydrosolubles, et les matières colorantes pulvérulentes comme les pigments, les nacres, et les paillettes bien connues de l'homme du métier. Les matières colorantes peuvent être présentes, dans la composition, en une teneur allant de 0,01 % à 50 % en poids, par rapport au poids de la composition, de préférence de 0,01 % à 30 % en poids, et en particulier de 0,05 à 25 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition.The composition according to the invention may further comprise one or more dyestuffs chosen from water-soluble dyes and pulverulent dyestuffs such as pigments, nacres and flakes well known to those skilled in the art. The dyestuffs may be present in the composition in a certain ranging from 0.01% to 50% by weight, relative to the weight of the composition, preferably from 0.01% to 30% by weight, and in particular from 0.05% to 25% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Par pigments, il faut comprendre des particules blanches ou colorées, minérales ou organiques, insolubles dans une solution aqueuse, destinées à colorer et/ou opacifier le film résultant.The term "pigments" is intended to mean white or colored particles, mineral or organic, insoluble in an aqueous solution, intended to color and / or opacify the resulting film.
Les pigments peuvent être présents à raison de 0,01 à 20 % en poids, notamment de 0,01 à 15 % en poids, et en particulier de 0,02 à 10 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition cosmétique. Comme pigments minéraux utilisables dans l'invention, on peut citer les oxydes de titane, de zirconium ou de cérium ainsi que les oxydes de zinc, de fer ou de chrome, le bleu ferrique, le violet de manganèse, le bleu outremer et l'hydrate de chrome.The pigments may be present in a proportion of from 0.01 to 20% by weight, especially from 0.01 to 15% by weight, and in particular from 0.02 to 10% by weight, relative to the total weight of the cosmetic composition. . As inorganic pigments that can be used in the invention, mention may be made of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide or cerium oxide, as well as zinc, iron or chromium oxides, ferric blue, manganese violet, ultramarine blue and the like. chromium hydrate.
Il peut également s'agir de pigment ayant une structure qui peut être par exemple de type séricite/oxyde de fer brun/dioxyde de titane/silice. Un tel pigment est commercialisé par exemple sous la référence COVERLEAF NS ou JS par la société CHEMICALS AND CATALYSTS.It may also be a pigment having a structure which may for example be sericite / brown iron oxide / titanium dioxide / silica. Such a pigment is marketed for example under the reference COVERLEAF NS or JS by CHEMICALS AND CATALYSTS.
La matière colorante peut encore comporter un pigment ayant une structure qui peut être par exemple de type microsphères de silice contenant de l'oxyde de fer. Un exemple de pigment présentant cette structure est celui commercialisé par la société MIYOSHI sous la référence PC BALL PC-LL-100 P, ce pigment étant constitué de microsphères de silice contenant de l'oxyde de fer jaune.The coloring material may also comprise a pigment having a structure which may be, for example, silica microspheres containing iron oxide. An example of a pigment having this structure is that marketed by MIYOSHI under the reference PC BALL PC-LL-100P, this pigment consisting of silica microspheres containing yellow iron oxide.
Parmi les pigments organiques utilisables dans l'invention, on peut citer le noir de carbone, les pigments de type D & C, les laques à base de carmin de cochenille, de baryum, strontium, calcium, aluminium ou encore les dicéto pyrrolopyrrole (DPP) décrits dans les documents EP-A-542669, EP-A-787730, EP-A-787731 et WO-A- 96/08537.Among the organic pigments that can be used in the invention, mention may be made of carbon black, D & C type pigments, cochineal carmine, barium, strontium, calcium, aluminum or diketo pyrrolopyrrole (DPP) lacquers. ) described in EP-A-542669, EP-A-787730, EP-A-787731 and WO-A-96/08537.
Par « nacres », il faut comprendre des particules colorées de toute forme, irisées ou non, notamment produites par certains mollusques dans leur coquille ou bien synthétisées et qui présentent un effet de couleur par interférence optique.By "nacres", it is necessary to include colored particles of any shape, iridescent or not, in particular produced by certain shellfish in their shell or else synthesized and which exhibit a color effect by optical interference.
Les nacres peuvent être choisies parmi les pigments nacrés tels que le mica titane recouvert avec un oxyde de fer, le mica titane recouvert d'oxychlorure de bismuth, le mica titane recouvert avec de l'oxyde de chrome, le mica titane recouvert avec un colorant organique ainsi que les pigments nacrés à base d'oxychlorure de bismuth. II peut également s'agir de particules de mica à la surface desquelles sont superposées au moins deux couches successives d'oxydes métalliques et/ou de matières colorantes organiques.The nacres can be chosen from pearlescent pigments such as titanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated with bismuth oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide, titanium mica coated with a dye. organic and pearlescent pigments based on bismuth oxychloride. He can also be mica particles on the surface of which are superimposed at least two successive layers of metal oxides and / or organic dyestuffs.
On peut également citer, à titre d'exemple de nacres, le mica naturel recouvert d'oxyde de titane, d'oxyde de fer, de pigment naturel ou d'oxy chlorure de bismuth. Parmi les nacres disponibles sur le marché, on peut citer les nacres TIMICA,Mention may also be made, by way of example of nacres, of natural mica coated with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, with natural pigment or with oxy-bismuth chloride. Among the nacres available on the market, mention may be made of mother-of-pearl TIMICA,
FLAMENCO et DUOCHROME (sur base de mica) commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD, les nacres TIMIRON commercialisées par la société MERCK, les nacres sur base de mica PRESTIGE commercialisées par la société ECKART et les nacres sur base de mica synthétique SUNSHINE commercialisées par la société SUN CHEMICAL. Les nacres peuvent plus particulièrement posséder une couleur ou un reflet jaune, rosé, rouge, bronze, orangé, brun, or et/ou cuivré.FLAMENCO and DUOCHROME (based on mica) sold by ENGELHARD, TIMIRON pearls marketed by MERCK, pearls based on PRESTIGE mica marketed by ECKART and nacres based on SUNSHINE synthetic mica marketed by SUN Chemical. The nacres may more particularly have a color or a yellow, pink, red, bronze, orange, brown, gold and / or coppery reflection.
A titre illustratif des nacres pouvant être mises en œuvre dans le cadre de la présente invention, on peut notamment citer les nacres de couleur or notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous le nom de Brillant gold 212G (Timica), Gold 222C (Cloisonne), Sparkle gold (Timica), Gold 4504 (Chromalite) et Monarch gold 233X (Cloisonne) ; les nacres bronzes notamment commercialisées par la société MERCK sous la dénomination Bronze fine (17384) (Colorona) et Bronze (17353) (Colorona) et par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Super bronze (Cloisonne) ; les nacres oranges notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Orange 363C (Cloisonne) et Orange MCR 101 (Cosmica) et par la société MERCK sous la dénomination Passion orange (Colorona) et Marte orange (17449) (Microna) ; les nacres de teinte brune notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Nu-antique copper 340XB (Cloisonne) et Brown CL4509 (Chromalite) ; les nacres à reflet cuivre notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Copper 340A (Timica) ; les nacres à reflet rouge notamment commercialisées par la société MERCK sous la dénomination Sienna fine (17386) (Colorona) ; les nacres à reflet jaune notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Yellow (4502) (Chromalite) ; les nacres de teinte rouge à reflet or notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Sunstone GO 12 (Gemtone) ; les nacres rosés notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Tan opale G005 (Gemtone) ; les nacres noires à reflet or notamment commercialisées par la société ENGELHARD sous la dénomination Nu antique bronze 240 AB (Timica), les nacres bleues notamment commercialisées par la société MERCK sous la dénomination Matte blue (17433) (Microna), les nacres blanches à reflet argenté notamment commercialisées par la société MERCK sous la dénomination Xirona Silver et les nacres orangées rosées vert doré notamment commercialisées par la société MERCK sous la dénomination Indian summer (Xirona) et leurs mélanges.As an illustration of nacres that can be used in the context of the present invention, mention may be made especially of gold-colored nacres sold especially by Engelhard under the name Brillant gold 212G (Timica), Gold 222C (Cloisonne), Sparkle gold (Timica), Gold 4504 (Chromalite) and Monarch gold 233X (Cloisonne); bronze nacres sold especially by the company Merck under the name Bronze Fine (17384) (Colorona) and Bronze (17353) (Colorona) and by Engelhard under the name Super Bronze (Cloisonne); orange nacres sold especially by the company Engelhard under the name Orange 363C (Cloisonne) and Orange MCR 101 (Cosmica) and by the company Merck under the name Passion Orange (Colorona) and Marte Orange (17449) (Microna); brown-colored pearlescent agents marketed by Engelhard under the name Nu-antique copper 340XB (Cloisonne) and Brown CL4509 (Chromalite); nacres with a copper sheen sold especially by Engelhard under the name Copper 340A (Timica); the nacres with a red glint sold especially by MERCK under the name Sienna fine (17386) (Colorona); yellow-colored pearlescent agents marketed by ENGELHARD under the name Yellow (4502) (Chromalite); the nacres of red hue with gold glare sold especially by ENGELHARD under the name Sunstone GO 12 (Gemtone); pink nacres sold especially by ENGELHARD under the name Tan opal G005 (Gemtone); black pearls with gold glints sold by the company ENGELHARD under the name Nu antique bronze 240 AB (Timica), blue pearls especially sold by the company MERCK under the name Matte blue (17433) (Microna), white pearls with silvery reflection marketed especially by MERCK under the name Xirona Silver and the orange nacres pinkish golden green marketed by MERCK under the name Indian summer (Xirona) and mixtures thereof.
Par « colorants », il faut comprendre des composés généralement organiques solubles dans les corps gras comme les huiles ou dans une phase hydroalcoolique.By "dyes", it is necessary to include generally organic compounds that are soluble in fatty substances such as oils or in a hydroalcoholic phase.
Les colorants liposo lubies peuvent être choisis parmi le rouge Soudan, le DC Red 17, le DC Green 6, le β-carotène, le brun Soudan, le DC Yellow 11, le DC Violet 2, le DC orange 5, le jaune quinoléine. Les colorants hydrosolubles sont par exemple le jus de betterave, le bleu de méthylène.The liposo lubricating dyes may be chosen from Sudan red, DC Red 17, DC Green 6, β-carotene, Sudan brown, DC Yellow 11, DC Violet 2, DC orange 5, quinoline yellow. The water-soluble dyes are, for example, beet juice, methylene blue.
La composition cosmétique selon l'invention peut également contenir au moins un matériau à effet optique spécifique. Cet effet est différent d'un simple effet de teinte conventionnel, c'est-à-dire unifié et stabilisé tel que produit par les matières colorantes classiques comme par exemple les pigments monochromatiques. Au sens de l'invention, « stabilisé » signifie dénué d'effet de variabilité de la couleur avec l'angle d'observation ou encore en réponse à un changement de température. Par exemple, ce matériau peut être choisi parmi les particules à reflet métallique, les agents de coloration goniochromatiques, les pigments diffractants, les agents thermochromes, les agents azurants optiques, ainsi que les fibres, notamment interférentielles. Bien entendu, ces différents matériaux peuvent être associés de manière à procurer la manifestation simultanée de deux effets. Les particules à reflet métallique utilisables dans l'invention sont en particulier choisies parmi : les particules d'au moins un métal et/ou d'au moins un dérivé métallique, les particules comportant un substrat, organique ou minéral, monomatière ou multimatériaux, recouvert au moins partiellement par au moins une couche à reflet métallique comprenant au moins un métal et/ou au moins un dérivé métallique, et les mélanges desdites particules. Parmi les métaux pouvant être présents dans lesdites particules, on peut citer par exemple Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Ni, Sn, Mg, Cr, Mo, Ti, Zr, Pt, Va, Rb, W, Zn, Ge, Te, Se et leurs mélanges ou alliages. Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Zn, Ni, Mo, Cr, et leurs mélanges ou alliages (par exemple les bronzes et les laitons) sont des métaux préférés. Par « dérivés métalliques », on désigne des composés dérivés de métaux notamment des oxydes, des fluorures, des chlorures et des sulfuresThe cosmetic composition according to the invention may also contain at least one material with a specific optical effect. This effect is different from a simple effect of conventional hue, that is to say unified and stabilized as produced by conventional dyestuffs such as monochromatic pigments. For the purposes of the invention, "stabilized" means devoid of effect of color variability with the angle of observation or in response to a change in temperature. For example, this material may be chosen from particles with a metallic sheen, goniochromatic coloring agents, diffractive pigments, thermochromic agents, optical brighteners, as well as fibers, in particular interferential fibers. Of course, these different materials can be combined to provide the simultaneous manifestation of two effects. The particles with metallic sheen that can be used in the invention are in particular chosen from: the particles of at least one metal and / or at least one metal derivative, the particles comprising a substrate, organic or inorganic, monomaterial or multimaterial, covered at least partially by at least one metal-reflecting layer comprising at least one metal and / or at least one metal derivative, and mixtures of said particles. Among the metals that may be present in said particles, mention may be made, for example, of Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Ni, Sn, Mg, Cr, Mo, Ti, Zr, Pt, Va, Rb, W, Zn, Ge, Te. Se and their mixtures or alloys. Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Zn, Ni, Mo, Cr, and mixtures or alloys thereof (eg, bronzes and brasses) are preferred metals. "Metal derivatives" means compounds derived from metals, in particular oxides, fluorides, chlorides and sulphides.
A titre illustratif de ces particules, on peut citer des particules d'aluminium, telles que celles commercialisées sous les dénominations STARBRITE 1200 EAC® par la société SIBERLINE et METALURE® par la société ECKART. On peut également citer les poudres métalliques de cuivre ou des mélanges d'alliage telles les références 2844 commercialisées par la société RADIUM BRONZE, les pigments métalliques comme l'aluminium ou le bronze, telles que celles commercialisées sous les dénominations ROTOSAFE 700 de la société ECKART, les particules d'aluminium enrobé de silice commercialisées sous la dénomination VISIONAIRE BRIGHT SILVER de la société ECKART et les particules d'alliage métallique comme des poudres de bronze (alliage cuivre et zinc) enrobé de silice commercialisées sous la dénomination de Visionaire Bright Natural GoId de la société Eckart.Illustrative of these particles include aluminum particles, such as those sold under the names Starbrite 1200 EAC ® by Siberline and METALURE® ® by the company Eckart. Mention may also be made of copper metal powders or alloy blends such as the references 2844 sold by the company Radium Bronze, metallic pigments such as aluminum or bronze, such as those sold under the names ROTOSAFE 700 from the company ECKART the silica-coated aluminum particles sold under the name VISIONAIRE BRIGHT SILVER by ECKART and the metal alloy particles such as bronze powder (copper and zinc alloy) coated with silica marketed under the name of Visionaire Bright Natural GoId from Eckart.
Il peut encore s'agir de particules comportant un substrat de verre comme celles commercialisées par la société NIPPON SHEET GLASS sous les dénominations MICROGLASS METASHINE.It may also be particles comprising a glass substrate such as those sold by the company NIPPON SHEET GLASS under the names MICROGLASS METASHINE.
L'agent de coloration goniochromatique peut être choisi par exemple parmi les structures multicouches interférentielles et les agents de coloration à cristaux liquides.The goniochromatic coloring agent may be chosen, for example, from interferential multilayer structures and liquid crystal coloring agents.
Des exemples de structures multicouche interférentielles symétriques utilisables dans des compositions réalisées conformément à l'invention sont par exemple les structures suivantes : Al/Siθ2/Al/Siθ2/Al, des pigments ayant cette structure étant commercialisés par la société DUPONT DE NEMOURS ; Cr/MgF2/Al/MgF2/Cr, des pigments ayant cette structure étant commercialisés sous la dénomination CHROMAFLAIR par la société FLEX ; MoS2/SiO2/Al/Siθ2/MoS2 ; Fe2O3ZSiO2ZAlZSiO2ZFe2O3, et Fe2O3ZSiO2ZFe2O3ZSiO2ZFe2O3, des pigments ayant ces structures étant commercialisés sous la dénomination SICOPEARL par la société BASF ; MoS2ZSiO2Zmica-oxydeZSiO2ZMoS2 ; Fe2O3ZSiO2Zmica-oxydeZSiO2ZFe2O3 ; TiO2ZSiO2ZTiO2 et TiO2ZAl2O3ZTiO2 ; SnOZTiO2ZSiO2ZTiO2ZSnO ; Fe2O3ZSiO2ZFe2O3 ; SnO/mica/Tiθ2/Siθ2/Tiθ2/mica/SnO, des pigments ayant ces structures étant commercialisés sous la dénomination XIRONA par la société MERCK (Darmstadt). A titre d'exemple, ces pigments peuvent être les pigments de structure silice/oxyde de titane/oxyde d'étain commercialisés sous le nom XIRONA MAGIC par la société MERCK, les pigments de structure silice/oxyde de fer brun commercialisés sous le nom XIRONA INDIAN SUMMER par la société MERCK et les pigments de structure silice/oxyde de titane/mica/oxyde d'étain commercialisés sous le nom XIRONA CARRIBEAN BLUE par la société MERCK. On peut encore citer les pigments INFINITE COLORS de la société SHISEIDO. Selon l'épaisseur et la nature des différentes couches, on obtient différents effets. Ainsi, avec la structure Fe2OsZSiO2ZAl/ SiO2ZFe2Os on passe du doré-vert au gris-rouge pour des couches de SiO2 de 320 à 350 nm ; du rouge au doré pour des couches de SiO2 de 380 à 400 nm ; du violet au vert pour des couches de SiO2 de 410 à 420 nm ; du cuivre au rouge pour des couches de SiO2 de 430 à 440 nm.Examples of symmetrical interferential multilayer structures that can be used in compositions produced in accordance with the invention are, for example, the following structures: Al / SiO 2 / Al / SiO 2 / Al, pigments having this structure being marketed by the company DUPONT DE NEMOURS; Cr / MgF 2 / Al / MgF 2 / Cr, pigments having this structure being marketed under the name CHROMAFLAIR by the company FLEX; MoS 2 / SiO 2 / Al / SiO 2 / MoS 2 ; Fe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 ZAl 2 SiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 , and Fe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 , pigments having these structures being marketed under the name SICOPEARL by the company BASF; MoS 2 ZSiO 2 Zmica-oxide ZSiO 2 ZMoS 2 ; Fe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 Zmica-oxide ZSiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 ; TiO 2 ZSiO 2 ZTiO 2 and TiO 2 ZAl 2 O 3 ZTiO 2 ; SnOZTiO 2 ZSiO 2 ZTiO 2 ZSnO; Fe 2 O 3 ZSiO 2 ZFe 2 O 3 ; SnO / mica / TiO 2 / SiO 2 / TiO 2 / mica / SnO, pigments having these structures being sold under the name XIRONA by the company Merck (Darmstadt). By way of example, these pigments may be the pigments of silica / titania / tin oxide structure sold under the name Xirona Magic by the company Merck, the silica / brown iron oxide structural pigments marketed under the name XIRONA. INDIAN SUMMER by the company MERCK and the silica / titanium oxide / mica / tin oxide structural pigments marketed under the name XIRONA CARRIBEAN BLUE by the company MERCK. Mention may also be made of the INFINITE COLORS pigments from SHISEIDO. Depending on the thickness and nature of the different layers, different effects are obtained. Thus, with the Fe 2 OsZSiO 2 ZAl / SiO 2 ZFe 2 Os structure, gold-green to gray-red is passed for SiO 2 layers of 320 to 350 nm; from red to golden for SiO 2 layers of 380 to 400 nm; from violet to green for SiO 2 layers from 410 to 420 nm; from copper to red for SiO 2 layers from 430 to 440 nm.
On peut citer, à titre d'exemple de pigments à structure multicouche polymérique, ceux commercialisés par la société 3M sous la dénomination COLOR GLITTER.Mention may be made, by way of example of pigments with a polymeric multilayer structure, those marketed by the company 3M under the name COLOR GLITTER.
Comme particules goniochromatiques à cristaux liquides, on peut utiliser par exemple celles vendues par la société CHENIX ainsi que celle commercialisées sous la dénomination HELICONE® HC par la société WACKER.As liquid crystal goniochromatic particles that may be used include those sold by CHENIX well as those sold under the name Helicone® ® HC by Wacker.
ChargeCharge
Une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre une charge, notamment en une teneur totale allant de 0,01 à 30 %, en particulier de 0,01 % à 20 % en poids, par exemple allant de 0, 1 % à 15 % ou de 0,5 % à 10 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition.A composition according to the invention may comprise a filler, especially in a total content ranging from 0.01% to 30%, in particular from 0.01% to 20% by weight, for example ranging from 0.1% to 15%, or from 0.5% to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Par « charge », il faut comprendre au sens de la présente invention, des particules de toute forme, incolores ou blanches, minérales ou de synthèse, insolubles dans le milieu de la composition quelle que soit la température à laquelle la composition est fabriquée. Ces charges servent notamment à modifier la rhéologie ou la texture de la composition.For the purposes of the present invention, the term "filler" is understood to mean particles of any form, colorless or white, mineral or synthetic, insoluble in the medium of the composition irrespective of the temperature at which the composition is manufactured. These fillers serve in particular to modify the rheology or the texture of the composition.
Les charges peuvent être minérales ou organiques de toute forme, plaquettaires, sphériques ou oblongues, quelle que soit la forme cristallographique (par exemple feuillet, cubique, hexagonale, orthorombique, etc). On peut citer le talc, le mica, la silice, le kaolin, les poudres de polyamide (Nylon®) (Orgasol® de chez Atochem), de poly-β-alanine et de polyéthylène, les poudres de polymères de tétrafluoroéthylène (Téflon®), la lauroyl-lysine, l'amidon, le nitrure de bore, les microsphères creuses polymériques telles que celles de chlorure de polyvinylidène/acrylonitrile comme l'Expancel® (Nobel Industrie), de copolymères d'acide acrylique (Polytrap® de la Société Dow Corning) et les microbilles de résine de silicone (Tospearls® de Toshiba, par exemple), les particules de polyorganosiloxanes élastomères, le carbonate de calcium précipité, le carbonate et l'hydrocarbonate de magnésium, l'hydroxyapatite, les microsphères de silice creuses (Silica Beads® de Maprecos), les microcapsules de verre ou de céramique, les savons métalliques dérivés d'acides organiques carboxyliques ayant de 8 à 22 atomes de carbone, de préférence de 12 à 18 atomes de carbone, par exemple le stéarate de zinc, de magnésium ou de lithium, le laurate de zinc, le myristate de magnésium.The fillers can be mineral or organic of any form, platelet-shaped, spherical or oblong, irrespective of the crystallographic form (for example slip, cubic, hexagonal, orthorhombic, etc.). Mention may be made of talc, mica, silica, kaolin, polyamide (Nylon ® ) (Orgasol ® from Atochem), poly-β-alanine and polyethylene powders, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders (Teflon ® ), lauroyl-lysine, starch, boron nitride, polymeric hollow microspheres such as those of polyvinylidene chloride / acrylonitrile such as Expancel ® (Nobel Industry), copolymers of acrylic acid (Polytrap® of the Dow Corning Corporation) and silicone resin microspheres (Toshiba Tospearls ® , for example), elastomeric polyorganosiloxane particles, precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate and hydrocarbonate, hydroxyapatite, silica microspheres hollow (Silica Beads ® from Maprecos), glass microcapsules or ceramic, and metal soaps derived from organic carboxylic acids having from 8 to 22 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms, for example, zinc, magnesium or lithium stearate, zinc laurate, magnesium myristate.
Il peut également s'agir de particules comprenant un copolymère, ledit copolymère comprenant du triméthylol hexyllactone. En particulier, il peut s'agir d'un copolymère d'hexaméthylène di-isocyanate/triméthylol hexyllactone. De telles particules sont notamment disponibles dans le commerce, par exemple sous la dénomination de PLASTIC POWDER D-400® ou PLASTIC POWDER D-800® de la société TOSHIKI.It may also be particles comprising a copolymer, said copolymer comprising trimethylol hexyl lactone. In particular, it may be a hexamethylene diisocyanate / trimethylol hexyllactone copolymer. Such particles are in particular commercially available, for example under the name PLASTIC POWDER D-400 ® or PLASTIC POWDER D-800 ® from the company TOSHIKI.
Ingrédients cosmétiques usuels additionnelsAdditional usual cosmetic ingredients
La composition selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre tout ingrédient cosmétique usuel pouvant être choisi notamment parmi les antioxydants, les parfums, les conservateurs, les neutralisants, les tensioactifs, les filtres solaires, les édulcorants, les vitamines, les hydratants, les émollients, les actifs hydrophiles ou lipophiles, les agents anti-radicaux libres, les séquestrants, et leurs mélanges.The composition according to the invention may furthermore comprise any usual cosmetic ingredient which may be chosen in particular from antioxidants, perfumes, preservatives, neutralizers, surfactants, sunscreens, sweeteners, vitamins, moisturizers, emollients, hydrophilic or lipophilic active agents, anti-free radical agents, sequestering agents, and mixtures thereof.
Bien entendu, l'homme du métier veillera à choisir les éventuels ingrédients complémentaires et/ou leur quantité de telle manière que les propriétés avantageuses de la composition selon l'invention ne soient pas ou substantiellement pas altérées par l'adjonction envisagée. Dispositifs d'applicationOf course, those skilled in the art will take care to choose any additional ingredients and / or their quantity so that the advantageous properties of the composition according to the invention are not or substantially not impaired by the addition envisaged. Application devices
On va maintenant décrire des exemples de dispositifs permettant, entre autres, de mettre en œuvre un procédé de traitement cosmétique comportant les étapes consistant à : a) réchauffer une surface d'application d'une masse de produit solide, à l'aide d'une source artificielle de chaleur située à l'extérieur de la masse de produit, notamment une surface d'application d'un bâtonnet de produit, pour la porter à une température supérieure à celle d'une portion de la masse de produit éloignée de la surface d'application et qui reste solide lors de l'application, et b) appliquer la surface d'application ainsi réchauffée sur une région à traiter, notamment la peau ou les lèvres.Examples of devices that make it possible, among other things, to implement a cosmetic treatment process comprising the steps of: a) heating an application surface of a mass of solid product, with the aid of an artificial source of heat located outside the product mass, in particular an application surface of a product stick, to bring it to a temperature greater than that of a portion of the product mass remote from the product mass; application surface and which remains solid during application, and b) apply the application surface thus heated to an area to be treated, including the skin or lips.
La description de ces dispositifs est faite en se référant au dessin annexé, sur lequel : la figure 1 représente, de manière schématique, en élévation, un exemple de dispositif de conditionnement et d'application réalisé conformément à l'invention, la figure 2 représente isolément, avec coupe longitudinale partielle et schématique, le capot du dispositif de la figure 1 , la figure 3 illustre, de manière schématique et partielle, le réchauffement de l'extrémité du bâtonnet par contact avec une surface chaude, - la figure 4 représente de manière schématique et partielle un exemple de réalisation de l'organe chauffant, les figures 5 à 7 illustrent des détails de réalisation de variantes d'organes chauffants, la figure 8 représente, de manière schématique, une variante de réalisation du dispositif de conditionnement et d'application,The description of these devices is made with reference to the accompanying drawing, in which: Figure 1 shows, schematically, in elevation, an example of a packaging device and application made according to the invention, Figure 2 represents in isolation, with partial and schematic longitudinal section, the cover of the device of FIG. 1, FIG. 3 schematically and partially illustrates the heating of the end of the stick by contact with a hot surface, FIG. schematically and partially an embodiment of the heating member, Figures 5 to 7 illustrate details of embodiments of heating member variants, Figure 8 shows, schematically, an alternative embodiment of the packaging device and 'application,
- la figure 9 est une coupe schématique et partielle du dispositif de la figure 8, après mise en place dans le logement correspondant du boîtier, la figure 10 représente un bâtonnet et des moyens de support associés, la figure 11 représente en élévation une variante de réalisation du dispositif de conditionnent et d'application,FIG. 9 is a diagrammatic and partial section of the device of FIG. 8, after placement in the corresponding housing housing, FIG. 10 represents a rod and associated support means, FIG. 11 represents in elevation a variant of FIG. implementation of the conditioning and application device,
- la figure 12 est une coupe longitudinale, partielle et schématique, du dispositif de la figure 11 , - la figure 13 est une coupe longitudinale, partielle et schématique, d'une variante de réalisation du dispositif, la figure 14 représente une variante de conditionnement du produit, et la figure 15 précédemment décrite, illustre la mesure du coefficient de frottement dynamique.FIG. 12 is a longitudinal section, partial and schematic, of the device of FIG. 11, - Figure 13 is a longitudinal section, partial and schematic, of an alternative embodiment of the device, Figure 14 shows a variant of the product packaging, and Figure 15 previously described, illustrates the measurement of the coefficient of dynamic friction.
Le dispositif 1 de conditionnement et d'application représenté à la figure 1 comporte une partie de base 2 qui supporte une masse de produit selon l'invention se présentant sous la forme d'un bâtonnet S de produit, et un capot 3 qui peut se fixer sur la partie de base 2 pour fermer le dispositif 1 en l'absence d'utilisation. La partie de base 2 peut être de tout type connu permettant de déplacer le bâtonnet S au fur et à mesure de sa consommation.The device 1 of packaging and application shown in Figure 1 comprises a base portion 2 which supports a mass of product according to the invention being in the form of a rod S product, and a cover 3 which can be fix on the base part 2 to close the device 1 in the absence of use. The base portion 2 can be of any known type to move the rod S as and when consumption.
La partie de base 2 comporte par exemple deux parties 5 et 6 pouvant tourner l'une par rapport à l'autre, et un mécanisme permettant de transformer la rotation relative des deux parties 5 et 6 en un déplacement axial selon l'axe longitudinal X du bâtonnet S. Le bâtonnet S est par exemple porté, au sein de ce mécanisme, par une cupuleThe base portion 2 comprises for example two parts 5 and 6 rotatable relative to each other, and a mechanism for transforming the relative rotation of the two parts 5 and 6 in an axial displacement along the longitudinal axis X of the stick S. The stick S is for example carried, within this mechanism, by a cupule
58 telle que représentée à la figure 10, comportant des ergots 59 engagés dans deux pièces appartenant respectivement aux parties 5 et 6, dont l'une comporte des fentes rectilignes longitudinales et l'autre des fentes hélicoïdales, de telle sorte qu'une rotation de ces deux pièces s'accompagne d'un déplacement axial de la cupule et du bâtonnet S. Des exemples de mécanismes pouvant convenir sont décrits dans les publications US 6,340,258, US 6,086,276, US 6,371,673, US 5,171,096 et US 7,293,926, dont le contenu est incorporé par référence.58 as shown in Figure 10, having lugs 59 engaged in two parts respectively belonging to the parts 5 and 6, one of which comprises longitudinal rectilinear slots and the other of the helical slots, so that a rotation of these two parts is accompanied by an axial displacement of the cup and the rod S. Examples of suitable mechanisms are described in US 6,340,258, US 6,086,276, US 6,371,673, US 5,171,096 and US 7,293,926, the content of which is incorporated by reference.
Le capot 3 comporte un dispositif de chauffage 10 qui permet de réchauffer l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S préalablement à son application sur les matières kératiniques, par exemple la peau ou les lèvres.The cover 3 comprises a heating device 10 which allows the end 11 of the stick S to be warmed up before it is applied to the keratin materials, for example the skin or the lips.
Le dispositif de chauffage 10 peut loger une source électrique non apparente, par exemple contenant une ou plusieurs piles ou accumulateurs, et un organe de chauffage comportant par exemple une résistance électrique alimentée par la source électrique.The heating device 10 can accommodate an electrical source that is not visible, for example containing one or more batteries or accumulators, and a heating element comprising, for example, an electrical resistance powered by the electrical source.
Des exemples d'organes de chauffage susceptibles de convenir sont divulgués dans US 2007/0,286,665 Al , par exemple.Examples of suitable heaters are disclosed in US 2007 / 0,286,665 A1, for example.
L'organe de chauffage est disposé de manière à élever la température d'une surface de chauffage 13 qui, dans l'exemple des figures 1 et 2, peut venir au contact du bâtonnet S, comme illustré sur la figure 3, afin d'élever la température de l'extrémité 11 distale de celui-ci.The heating member is arranged to raise the temperature of a heating surface 13 which, in the example of FIGS. 1 and 2, can come into contact with the rod S, as shown in Figure 3, to raise the temperature of the distal end 11 thereof.
Le dispositif de chauffage 10 peut comporter un interrupteur 14 permettant à l'utilisateur de mettre en marche ou d'arrêter le dispositif de chauffage 10, ainsi qu'un témoin 15 de fonctionnement, par exemple un voyant lumineux qui s'allume lorsque la surface de chauffage 13 est en cours de chauffage.The heating device 10 may comprise a switch 14 allowing the user to start or stop the heating device 10, as well as an operating indicator, for example a light which lights up when the surface heating 13 is being heated.
Le dispositif de chauffage 10 peut éventuellement comporter tout moyen de régulation de la température de la surface de chauffage 13, afin que celle-ci n'excède pas une valeur prédéfinie. Lorsque la surface de chauffage est inaccessible à l'utilisateur, une température de chauffage plus élevée mais compatible avec le produit peut être acceptée. Par contre, lorsque la surface de chauffage 13 peut être contactée par l'utilisateur, une température n'excédant pas 65 0C est préférée.The heating device 10 may optionally comprise any means for regulating the temperature of the heating surface 13 so that it does not exceed a predefined value. When the heating surface is inaccessible to the user, a higher heating temperature but compatible with the product can be accepted. On the other hand, when the heating surface 13 can be contacted by the user, a temperature not exceeding 65 ° C. is preferred.
Le dispositif de chauffage 10 peut également, le cas échéant, comporter une temporisation qui permet de ne réchauffer l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S que pendant une durée prédéfinie, afin d'éviter une usure prématurée de la source d'énergie électrique et/ou éviter de porter l'ensemble du bâtonnet à une température excessive.The heating device 10 may also, if appropriate, include a timer which allows the end 11 of the rod S to be warmed up only for a predefined period, in order to avoid premature wear of the source of electrical energy and / or avoid wearing the entire stick at an excessive temperature.
Le dispositif de chauffage 10 peut avantageusement comporter tout capteur adapté permettant de ne déclencher le fonctionnement du chauffage qu'en cas de contact effectif de la surface de chauffage avec l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S.The heating device 10 may advantageously comprise any suitable sensor for triggering the operation of the heating only in case of effective contact of the heating surface with the end 11 of the stick S.
Par exemple, le dispositif de chauffage 10 peut comporter un capteur de pression de contact entre la surface de chauffage 13 et le bâtonnet S, et n'autoriser le chauffage de la surface de chauffage 13 qu'en cas de contact avéré avec le bâtonnet S.For example, the heater 10 may comprise a contact pressure sensor between the heating surface 13 and the rod S, and allow heating of the heating surface 13 only in the event of proven contact with the stick S .
La surface de chauffage 13 peut être définie par exemple par une pièce de contact 20, par exemple mobile axialement selon l'axe X relativement au corps 22 du dispositif de chauffage 10 contre l'action de rappel d'un organe de rappel élastique 23, tel que par exemple un ressort logé à l'intérieur de la pièce de contact 20, comme illustré à la figure 4.The heating surface 13 may be defined for example by a contact piece 20, for example axially movable along the axis X relative to the body 22 of the heating device 10 against the return action of an elastic return member 23, such as for example a spring housed inside the contact piece 20, as illustrated in FIG. 4.
Sur cette figure 4, on a représenté un dispositif de chauffage comportant une résistance électrique 25 plaquée dans le fond de la pièce de contact 20, de façon à être au plus près de la surface de chauffage 13. La pièce de contact 20 peut par exemple comprendre un métal bon conducteur de la chaleur, avec une faible épaisseur de paroi, de façon à présenter une faible inertie thermique. Dans certains modes de réalisation, la pièce de contact 20 peut par exemple comprendre de l'aluminium. On peut donner à la surface de chauffage 13 toute forme adaptée à la géométrie de l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet, par exemple une forme en biseau sensiblement complémentaire de la forme de l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S, comme illustré sur les figuresIn this FIG. 4, there is shown a heating device comprising an electrical resistance 25 plated in the bottom of the contact piece 20, so as to be as close as possible to the heating surface 13. The contact piece 20 may for example comprise a good heat-conducting metal, with a small wall thickness, so as to have a low thermal inertia. In some embodiments, the contact piece 20 may for example comprise aluminum. The heating surface 13 can be given any shape adapted to the geometry of the end 11 of the rod, for example a bevelled shape substantially complementary to the shape of the end 11 of the rod S, as illustrated in FIGS.
1 et 2, ou une forme autre, par exemple une forme concave vers le bâtonnet S, notamment une forme de calotte sphérique comme illustré sur la figure 5, une forme conique ou tronconique comme illustré à la figure 6 ou une forme sensiblement plane et perpendiculaire à l'axe X, comme illustré à la figure 7.1 and 2, or another shape, for example a concave shape towards the rod S, in particular a spherical cap shape as illustrated in FIG. 5, a conical or frustoconical shape as illustrated in FIG. 6 or a substantially flat and perpendicular shape to the X axis, as shown in Figure 7.
Lorsque la forme de la surface de chauffage 13 est non symétrique de révolution autour de l'axe X, le dispositif 1 peut comporter des moyens d'indexation en rotation de la partie de base 2 et du capot 3, de façon à ne permettre la fixation du capot 3 sur la partie de base 2 que dans une orientation angulaire prédéfinie entre les deux, dans laquelle la surface de chauffage 13 peut venir s'appliquer d'une manière prédéfinie, compatible avec sa géométrie, contre le bâtonnet S.When the shape of the heating surface 13 is non-symmetrical of revolution about the axis X, the device 1 may comprise means of indexing in rotation of the base part 2 and the cover 3, so as to not allow the fixing the cover 3 on the base portion 2 only in a predefined angular orientation between the two, in which the heating surface 13 can come into application in a predefined manner, compatible with its geometry, against the rod S.
Le bâtonnet S, qui est par exemple un bâtonnet de rouge à lèvres, peut avoir une section comprise entre 0.1 et 5 cm2, voire entre 0,15 et 1 cm2, et le dispositif 1 peut s'utiliser en allumant d'abord le dispositif de chauffage 10 puis en attendant la durée nécessaire pour que l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet qui définit la surface d'application soit portée à la température recherchée.The stick S, which is for example a lipstick stick, may have a section of between 0.1 and 5 cm 2 , or even between 0.15 and 1 cm 2 , and the device 1 can be used by lighting first. the heating device 10 and then waiting for the time required for the end 11 of the rod which defines the application surface is brought to the desired temperature.
La mise à température peut par exemple être signalée par le voyant 15, lequel peut par exemple passer d'un état d'allumage continu signalant la mise en marche du dispositif à un allumage clignotant ou changer de couleur lorsque la température est atteinte. D'autres méthodes pour indiquer l'état d'allumage peuvent être employées sans toutefois s'écarter de la portée de l'invention.The heating may for example be indicated by the indicator light 15, which may for example go from a continuous ignition state signaling the start of the device to a flashing ignition or change color when the temperature is reached. Other methods for indicating the ignition state may be employed without departing from the scope of the invention.
Une fois l'extrémité du bâtonnet réchauffée, la partie de base 2 peut être séparée du capot 3 et l'utilisateur peut appliquer le produit du bâtonnet sur les lèvres ou d'autres matières kératiniques. Le ramollissement du produit à l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet assure une application confortable, un bon transfert sur les lèvres avec un dépôt épais et éventuellement brillant à l'application. Par exemple, l'application se fait sans utiliser d'applicateur. Autrement dit, seule la composition, et plus précisément la surface ramollie est mise en contact direct avec la région à traiter.Once the end of the stick is heated, the base portion 2 can be separated from the cover 3 and the user can apply the product of the stick on the lips or other keratin materials. The softening of the product at the end 11 of the stick ensures a comfortable application, a good transfer to the lips with a thick deposit and possibly shine upon application. For example, the application is done without using an applicator. In other words, only the composition, and more precisely the softened surface is put in direct contact with the region to be treated.
Le corps du bâtonnet S est à la température ambiante ou à une température légèrement supérieure, mais insuffisante pour compromettre la résistance mécanique nécessaire pour supporter les efforts mécaniques engendrés par l'application. L'écart de température entre la surface d'application et le corps du bâtonnet, notamment à l'extrémité opposée à la surface d'application, et par exemple d'au moins 20 0C, voire d'au moins 30 0C lorsque le bâtonnet présente sa longueur initiale, à la première utilisation. Le dispositif 1 peut s'utiliser d'une manière similaire pour maquiller la peau, le bâtonnet pouvant alors être de section plus grande, le cas échéant.The body of the rod S is at room temperature or at a slightly higher temperature, but insufficient to compromise the mechanical strength necessary to withstand the mechanical forces generated by the application. The temperature difference between the application surface and the body of the rod, in particular at the end opposite the application surface, and for example at least 20 ° C., or even at least 30 ° C. when the stick has its initial length, the first use. The device 1 can be used in a similar way to make up the skin, the stick can then be of larger section, if necessary.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut ne pas être incorporé à un capot 3 du dispositif de conditionnement, mais être présent dans un boîtier 40 distinct du dispositif de conditionnement du bâtonnet S, comme illustré aux figures 8 et 9. Le boîtier 40 peut loger une source électrique et/ou comporter un moyen de raccordement à une source électrique, par exemple le secteur via un transformateur basse tension.The heating device may not be incorporated in a cover 3 of the conditioning device, but may be present in a housing 40 separate from the packaging device of the stick S, as illustrated in FIGS. 8 and 9. The housing 40 can house an electrical source and / or comprise a connection means to an electrical source, for example the mains via a low-voltage transformer.
Le boîtier 40 peut comporter également des moyens de mise en marche 41, tels que par exemple un interrupteur marche/arrêt, ainsi qu'un ou plusieurs voyants 42 et 55 pour signaler la mise sous tension et/ou la fin de la mise en température.The housing 40 may also include start-up means 41, such as for example an on / off switch, and one or more lights 42 and 55 to signal the power up and / or the end of the warm-up. .
Dans l'exemple des figures 8 et 9, le boîtier 40 comporte une ouverture 46 dans laquelle la partie de base 2 peut être introduite au moins partiellement, comme illustré sur la figure 9, afin d'amener l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet à proximité d'un moyen de chauffage 50 présent dans le boîtier 40. L'ouverture 46 est par exemple de section adaptée à l'une des pièces de la partie de base, de façon à ce que l'engagement de la partie de base dans le boîtier amène l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet dans une position prédéfinie, au moins selon deux directions de l'espace, relativement au moyen de chauffage.In the example of FIGS. 8 and 9, the housing 40 has an opening 46 in which the base portion 2 can be introduced at least partially, as illustrated in FIG. 9, in order to bring the end 11 of the stick close to a heating means 50 present in the housing 40. The opening 46 is for example of section adapted to one of the parts of the base part, so that the engagement of the base part in the housing brings the end 11 of the rod to a predefined position, at least in two directions of space, relative to the heating means.
Le boîtier 40 peut comporter tout capteur adapté 51 permettant de détecter la mise en place de la partie de base 2 sur le boîtier 40 et éventuellement le positionnement du bâtonnet relativement au moyen de chauffage. Le chauffage de l'extrémité du bâtonnet S peut avoir lieu par conduction, au contact d'une surface chaude, à l'instar de ce qui a été décrit ci-dessus. Dans ce cas, le moyen de chauffage comporte une surface de chauffage qui peut être portée à la température adéquate par tout moyen de chauffage, par exemple une résistance électrique. Le chauffage de l'extrémité du bâtonnet peut encore s'effectuer sans contact, par exemple par rayonnement IR et/ou convection, et/ou par vibrations et/ou rayonnement radio-électrique,, ou toute autre source procurant de la chaleur.The housing 40 may include any suitable sensor 51 for detecting the establishment of the base portion 2 of the housing 40 and possibly the positioning of the rod relative to the heating means. Heating of the end of the stick S can take place by conduction, in contact with a hot surface, as described above. In this case, the heating means comprises a heating surface which can be brought to the appropriate temperature by any heating means, for example an electrical resistance. Heating of the end of the stick can still be carried out without contact, for example by IR radiation and / or convection, and / or by vibration and / or radio-electric radiation, or any other source providing heat.
Comme évoqué plus haut, le boîtier 40 peut comporter tout capteur adapté, notamment optique, capable d'évaluer la distance entre l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet et le moyen de chauffage 50, afin de ne permettre la mise en marche de celui-ci que lorsqu'une distance prédéfinie est respectée et/ou afin de régler la puissance de chauffage en fonction de l'éloignement entre le moyen de chauffage et l'extrémité du bâtonnet S.As mentioned above, the housing 40 may comprise any suitable sensor, in particular an optical sensor, capable of evaluating the distance between the end 11 of the stick and the heating means 50, in order to allow it to start up only when when a predefined distance is respected and / or in order to adjust the heating power as a function of the distance between the heating means and the end of the stick S.
Dans certaines variantes, le moyen de chauffage 50 peut être un système de chauffage par émission d'un rayonnement infrarouge vers l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet, par exemple au moyen d'une lampe halogène ou incandescente, ou par soufflage d'air chaud vers l'extrémité 11.In some embodiments, the heating means 50 may be a heating system by emitting infrared radiation towards the end 11 of the stick, for example by means of a halogen or incandescent lamp, or by blowing hot air towards the end 11.
Dans certaines variantes, l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S peut encore être réchauffée par exposition à un rayonnement radioélectrique, par exemple micro-ondes, focalisé à l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S. Dans encore d'autres variantes, l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S peut être réchauffée par des vibrations ultrasonores.In some embodiments, the end 11 of the rod S may be further heated by exposure to radioelectric radiation, for example microwaves, focused at the end 11 of the rod S. In still other variants, the end 11 of the S stick can be warmed by ultrasonic vibrations.
Dans la variante de réalisation des figures 11 et 12, le dispositif de chauffage 60 comporte un moyen de chauffage 62 qui est solidaire de la partie de base 2 et qui peut comporter, comme illustré, un organe de chauffage 62 de forme annulaire, qui peut être traversé par le bâtonnet S. L'organe de chauffage 62 est par exemple de section supérieure ou égale à celle du bâtonnet S.In the variant embodiment of FIGS. 11 and 12, the heating device 60 comprises a heating means 62 which is integral with the base part 2 and which can comprise, as illustrated, a ring-shaped heating element 62, which can The heating member 62 is for example of section greater than or equal to that of the stick S.
Le dispositif de chauffage 60 peut comporter par exemple un organe de commande 64 sur lequel l'utilisateur peut appuyer pour déclencher le fonctionnement de l'organe de chauffage 62. L'organe de chauffage 62 peut comporter par exemple une résistance chauffante qui permet de réchauffer par conduction, convection et/ou rayonnement (par exemple infrarouge, micro-ondes...) l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet S. Le cas échéant, l'organe de chauffage 62 peut également participer à l'application du produit associé au bâtonnet S et peut à cet effet présenter une face supérieure 70 de forme adaptée, par exemple biseautée.The heating device 60 may comprise, for example, a control member 64 on which the user can press to trigger the operation of the heating member 62. The heating member 62 may comprise, for example, a heating resistor that allows the heating element to be heated. by conduction, convection and / or radiation (for example infrared, microwaves ...) the end 11 of the stick S. If necessary, the heating member 62 may also participate in the application of the product associated with the rod S and may for this purpose have an upper face 70 of suitable shape, for example beveled.
Pour utiliser le dispositif dans l'exemple considéré, l'utilisateur peut amener l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet au niveau de l'organe de chauffage 62 et déclencher le chauffage en appuyant sur l'organe de commande 64.To use the device in the example considered, the user can bring the end 11 of the stick to the heating member 62 and trigger the heating by pressing the control member 64.
Le dispositif de chauffage peut comporter un indicateur lumineux 72 signalant à l'utilisateur le fonctionnement de l'organe de chauffage 62.The heating device may comprise a light indicator 72 signaling to the user the operation of the heating member 62.
L'utilisateur peut interrompre ensuite le chauffage lorsqu'il constate visuellement que l'extrémité 11 du bâtonnet a changé d'aspect suite à l'élévation de température, par exemple est devenue brillante.The user can then interrupt the heating when he visually observes that the end 11 of the rod has changed in appearance due to the temperature rise, for example has become glossy.
L'utilisateur peut alors éventuellement, à ce moment, déplacer un peu plus vers le haut l'extrémité 11 de façon à faciliter l'application du produit, sans contact avec l'organe chauffant 62. En variante, l'utilisateur peut procéder à l'application du produit avec un contact non seulement du bâtonnet S mais également de l'organe chauffant 62 sur les lèvres ou la peau.The user can then possibly, at this moment, move the end 11 a little more upwards so as to facilitate the application of the product, without contact with the heating member 62. In a variant, the user can proceed to the application of the product with contact not only of the stick S but also of the heating member 62 on the lips or the skin.
Le cas échéant, la surface de l'organe de chauffage 62 susceptible de contacter la peau peut être floquée ou présenter un aspect de surface texture facilitant l'application.If necessary, the surface of the heating member 62 that can contact the skin may be flocked or have a textured surface appearance facilitating application.
Dans la variante illustrée à la figure 13, le bâtonnet S passe au travers d'un organe de chauffage 62 définissant une ouverture 76 de section rétrécie par rapport à la section du corps du bâtonnet.In the variant illustrated in Figure 13, the stick S passes through a heating member 62 defining an opening 76 of narrowed section relative to the body section of the stick.
Le ramollissement du bâtonnet S au contact de l'organe de chauffage 62 peut ainsi s'accompagner, dans cet exemple, d'une déformation du bâtonnet au travers de l'organe de chauffage 62. Cela peut accroître la précision d'application du produit et éviter que le bâtonnet S ne puisse être avancé relativement à l'organe de chauffage 62 tant qu'un ramollissement suffisant n'est pas atteint.The softening of the rod S in contact with the heating member 62 may thus be accompanied, in this example, by a deformation of the rod through the heating member 62. This may increase the accuracy of application of the product. and to prevent the rod S can be advanced relative to the heater 62 until sufficient softening is achieved.
La surface extérieure de l'organe de chauffage 62 peut être effilée, comme illustré à la figure 13, afin de réduire la surface de contact entre la région traitée et l'organe de chauffage 62. La figure 14 représente une variante de réalisation où la masse de produit S associée au bâtonnet S est supportée par une tige 200, et convient par exemple à un usage unique. La surface d'application 202 est réchauffée en étant par exemple amenée au contact ou à proximité d'une surface chaude, par exemple en l'introduisant dans un boîtier pourvu d'un moyen de chauffage tel que le boîtier précédemment décrit en référence aux figures 8 et 9.The outer surface of the heating member 62 may be tapered, as shown in FIG. 13, in order to reduce the contact area between the treated region and the heating member 62. FIG. 14 represents a variant embodiment in which the mass of product S associated with the stick S is supported by a rod 200, and is suitable for example for a single use. The application surface 202 is heated by being brought into contact with or near a hot surface, for example by introducing it into a housing provided with a heating means such as the housing previously described with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9.
EXEMPLESEXAMPLES
Dans les exemples qui suivent, les pourcentages en poids sont indiqués par rapport au poids total de la composition. In the following examples, the percentages by weight are indicated relative to the total weight of the composition.
Exemple 1 (rouge à lèyres selon l'invention)Example 1 (Lipstick according to the invention)
^ Schercemol DISM commercialisé par Lubrizol^ Schercemol DISM marketed by Lubrizol
^ Softisan 649 commercialisé par Sasol^ Softisan 649 marketed by Sasol
^ PH- 1555 HRI commercialisé par Dow Corning^ PH-1555 HRI marketed by Dow Corning
(4) CRODABOND-CSA par la société CRODA (4) CRODABOND-CSA by the company CRODA
^ Dow Corning 556 commercialisé par Dow CorningDow Corning 556 sold by Dow Corning
^ Microwax HW commercialisé par la société ParameltMicrowax HW marketed by the company Paramelt
(7) Rester Wax K82H commercialisé par KOSTER KEUNEN (7) Stay Wax K82H marketed by KOSTER KEUNEN
(8) RISOCAST-DA-L vendu par KOKYU ALCOHOL KOGYO ^ Salacos HCISV-L commercialisé par Nisshin Oillio (8) RISOCAST-DA-L sold by KOKYU ALCOHOL KOGYO® Salacos HCISV-L marketed by Nisshin Oillio
^ Ganex V220F® commercialisée par la société ISP^ Ganex V220F ® marketed by the company ISP
Dans un poêlon on ajoute les ingrédients de la phase A. On agite le tout avec un Rayneri en chauffant légèrement à 50 0C. On broie les pigments de la phase B dans une partie de la phase A. Dans un poêlon double paroi on ajoute le broyât, l'autre partie de la phase A et les cires de la phase C et les corps gras pâteux de la phase D. On chauffe le tout à 98-100 0C en agitant au Rayneri jusqu'à fusion des cires. Enfin, la charge (phase E) est ajoutée au mélange, que l'on coule dans un moule pour réaliser des rouges à lèvres de diamètre 12.7 mm. Les moules sont ensuite placé à - 20 0C pendant une demi-heure, puis on procède au démoulage des bâtonnets, lesquels sont montés dans des mécanismes de rouge à lèvres tels que celui illustré à la figure 8, par exemple.In a skillet, the ingredients of phase A are added. The whole is stirred with a Rayneri while heating slightly at 50 ° C. The pigments of phase B are ground in a part of phase A. In a double-walled skillet, the ground material, the other part of phase A and the waxes of phase C and the pasty fatty substances of phase D are added. The mixture is heated to 98-100 ° C. C stirring with Rayneri until melting waxes. Finally, the charge (phase E) is added to the mixture, which is poured into a mold to make lipsticks with a diameter of 12.7 mm. The molds are then placed at -20 ° C. for half an hour, then the rods are demolded, which are mounted in lipstick mechanisms such as that illustrated in FIG. 8, for example.
Le rouge à lèvres a un coefficient de frottement dynamique de 1.05 à 25 0C et une dureté à 20 0C égale à 146 Nm"1.The lipstick has a dynamic coefficient of friction of 1.05 at 25 ° C. and a hardness at 20 ° C. of 146 Nm -1 .
Exemple 2 (rouge à lèyres selon l'invention)Example 2 (Lipstick according to the invention)
(1) Salacos HCISV-L commercialisé par Nisshin Oillio (2) Indolol H 100 commercialisé par INEOS ^ Schercemol DISM commercialisé par Lubrizol ^ Lusplan DD-D A7 commercialisé par Nippon Fine Chemical ^ Softisan 649 commercialisé par Sasol ^ Plandool-G commercialisé par Nippon Fine Chemical(1) Salacos HCISV-L marketed by Nisshin Oillio (2) Indolol H 100 marketed by INEOS® Schercemol DISM marketed by Lubrizol® Lusplan DD-D A7 marketed by Nippon Fine Chemical® Softisan 649 marketed by Sasol® Plandool-G marketed by Nippon Fine Chemical
^ Performalène 500-L commercialisé par New Phase Technologies ® Intelimer IPA 13-1 commercialisé par Air Products and chemicals ^ Tipaque PF-671 commercialisé par Ishihara Sangyo (10) Cloisonne Sparkle GoId 222 J commercialisé par BASFPerformalene 500-L marketed by New Phase Technologies® Intelimer IPA 13-1 marketed by Air Products and Chemicals Tipaque PF-671 marketed by Ishihara Sangyo ( 10) Cloisonne Sparkle GoId 222 J marketed by BASF
On broie les pigments de la phase D dans la phase A.The pigments of phase D are ground in phase A.
Dans un poêlon double paroi on ajoute le broyât, la phase B et les ingrédients de la phase C. On chauffe le tout à 98-100 0C en agitant au Rayneri jusqu'à fusion complète des ingrédients. Enfin, la nacre (phase E) est ajoutée au mélange, que l'on coule dans un moule pour réaliser des rouges à lèvres de diamètre 11,06 mm. Le moule est ensuite placé à -20 0C pendant une demi-heure, puis on procède au démoulage des sticks.In a double-walled skillet is added the ground, phase B and the ingredients of phase C. The whole is heated to 98-100 0 C stirring with Rayneri until complete melting of the ingredients. Finally, mother-of-pearl (phase E) is added to the mixture, which is poured into a mold to make lipsticks with a diameter of 11.06 mm. The mold is then placed at -20 ° C. for half an hour, then the sticks are demolded.
La dureté du stick à 200C est de 156 Nm"1.The hardness of the stick at 20 ° C. is 156 Nm -1 .
A température ambiante, la composition ainsi obtenue dépose très peu et est très accrocheuse.At room temperature, the composition thus obtained deposits very little and is very catchy.
Afin d'illustrer l'invention, le biseau de la composition est mis au contact d'une source chaude à 60 0C pendant 10 secondes puis appliqué sur les lèvres:In order to illustrate the invention, the bevel of the composition is brought into contact with a hot source at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds and then applied to the lips:
L'application est plus agréable comparativement à l'application effectuée à température ambiante comme exposé ci-dessus, le dépôt sur les lèvres est brillant avec une bonne tenue de la brillance et sans migration.The application is more pleasant compared to the application performed at room temperature as described above, the deposit on the lips is shiny with good gloss and without migration.
Bien entendu, l'invention n'est pas limitée aux exemples qui viennent d'être illustrés. Dans le cas où le bâtonnet est déplacé relativement à un organe de chauffage, le déplacement du bâtonnet peut s'effectuer au moyen d'un mécanisme comportant au moins deux parties mobiles en rotation ou d'un mécanisme déplaçant le bâtonnet par incréments. Des exemples de tels mécanismes à incréments se rencontrent sur les pistolets à colle thermo fusible par exemple, dont un exemple est donné dans US 2003/0,150,875 ou US 2006/0,191,957.Of course, the invention is not limited to the examples that have just been illustrated. In the case where the rod is moved relative to a heating member, the displacement of the rod can be effected by means of a mechanism comprising at least two parts movable in rotation or a mechanism moving the rod in increments. Examples of such incremental mechanisms are found on hot melt glue guns for example, an example of which is given in US 2003 / 0,150,875 or US 2006 / 0,191,957.
Dans une variante de réalisation, la résistance chauffante est intégrée dans la partie de base ou dans le capot de fermeture de celle-ci et elle est alimentée par une source électrique qui se situe sur un boîtier avec lequel la partie de base ou le capot doit être mis en engagement pour être connectée électriquement. Cela peut permettre d'éviter l'incorporation dans la partie de base ou le capot d'une ou plusieurs piles ou accumulateurs.In an alternative embodiment, the heating resistor is integrated in the base part or in the closing cap thereof and is powered by an electrical source which is located on a housing with which the base part or the cover must be engaged to be electrically connected. This can prevent the incorporation in the base part or the cover of one or more batteries or accumulators.
En variante, la partie de base ou le capot comporte au moins un accumulateur électrique et celui-ci est rechargé en plaçant la partie de base ou le capot sur une station de recharge.Alternatively, the base portion or the cover comprises at least one electric accumulator and it is recharged by placing the base part or the hood on a charging station.
Le chauffage de l'extrémité du bâtonnet peut encore être obtenu par une action mécanique de l'utilisateur, par exemple par l'entraînement en rotation d'une molette montée rotative sur le capot et qui est en engagement avec un frotteur, de telle sorte que la rotation de la molette entraîne l'élévation de la température du frotteur, cette élévation de température étant transmise via une pièce de contact à l'extrémité du bâtonnet.The heating of the end of the rod can still be obtained by a mechanical action of the user, for example by the rotational drive of a wheel mounted rotatably on the hood and which is in engagement with a wiper, so that that the rotation of the wheel causes the elevation of the temperature of the wiper, this temperature rise being transmitted via a contact piece at the end of the stick.
L'invention n'est pas limitée à un rouge à lèvres ou à un produit de maquillage ou de soin de la peau ou des lèvres.The invention is not limited to a lipstick or a makeup or skin care product or lips.
Le produit peut être présent sur une palette au moment de son réchauffement.The product may be present on a pallet at the time of its warming.
L'expression « comportant un » doit se comprendre comme étant synonyme de « comportant au moins un », sauf si le contraire est spécifié. The expression "comprising one" must be understood as being synonymous with "having at least one" unless the contrary is specified.

Claims

REVENDICATIONS
1. Procédé de maquillage et/ou de soin non thérapeutique des matières kératiniques humaines non fibreuses, notamment la peau, ses muqueuses ou les ongles, comportant les étapes consistant à : amener au contact ou au voisinage d'un dispositif de chauffage une surface extérieure d'un morceau de composition cosmétique solide présentant un coefficient de frottement dynamique sensible à la température, ledit coefficient de frottement dynamique à 25 0C étant supérieur ou égal à 0,5 ; mieux 0,6 ; de manière à chauffer ledit morceau de façon localisée en vue de ne ramollir essentiellement que ladite surface extérieure et à en abaisser le coefficient de frottement dynamique, appliquer la surface extérieure de la composition ainsi réchauffée sur la région à traiter, ladite composition étant différente d'une composition se présentant sous forme d'un bâtonnet de rouge à lèvres de diamètre 12,7 mm, définie comme suit, les quantités étant exprimées en pourcentage en poids :1. A method for making and / or non-therapeutic care of non-fibrous human keratin materials, especially the skin, its mucous membranes or nails, comprising the steps of: bringing into contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device an outer surface a piece of solid cosmetic composition having a coefficient of dynamic friction sensitive to temperature, said coefficient of dynamic friction at 25 0 C being greater than or equal to 0.5; better 0.6; so as to heat said piece locally so as essentially to soften only said outer surface and to lower the coefficient of dynamic friction, apply the outer surface of the composition thus heated to the region to be treated, said composition being different from a composition in the form of a lipstick stick with a diameter of 12.7 mm, defined as follows, the quantities being expressed as percentage by weight:
BHT 0,06BHT 0.06
PEG-45/DODECYL GLYCOL COPOLYMER 6PEG-45 / DODECYL GLYCOL COPOLYMER 6
OCTYLDODECYL NEOPENTANOATE 18OCTYLDODECYL NEOPENTANOATE 18
POLYBUTENE 15POLYBUTENE 15
TRIISOSTEARIN 7TRIISOSTEARIN 7
OCTYLDODECYL/PPG-3 MYRISTYL ETHER DIMER DILINOLEATE 1OCTYLDODECYL / PPG-3 MYRISTYL ETHER DIMER DILINOLEATE 1
BIS-DIGLYCERYL POLYACYLADIPATE-2 15BIS-DIGLYCERYL POLYACYLADIPATE-2 15
ISOSTEARYL ISOSTERATE 10ISOSTEARYL ISOSTERATE 10
DISTEARDIMONIUM HECTORITE 1DISTEARDIMONIUM HECTORITY 1
YELLOW 6 LAKE 7YELLOW 6 LAKE 7
RED 7 4RED 7 4
TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
POLYETHYLENE 5POLYETHYLENE 5
MICROCRYSTALLINE WAX 7MICROCRYSTALLINE WAX 7
MICA 2,94 MICA 2.94
2. Procédé de maquillage et/ou de soin non thérapeutique des matières kératiniques humaines non fibreuses, notamment la peau, les muqueuses ou les ongles, comprenant au moins les étapes consistant à :2. A method for making and / or non-therapeutic care of human non-fibrous keratin materials, in particular the skin, the mucous membranes or the nails, comprising at least the steps consisting of:
- amener au contact ou au voisinage d'un dispositif de chauffage une surface extérieure d'un morceau de composition cosmétique solide de manière à chauffer ledit morceau de façon localisée en vue de ne ramollir essentiellement que ladite surface extérieure notamment en vue d'en abaisser le coefficient de frottement dynamique, etbringing into contact with or in the vicinity of a heating device an outer surface of a piece of solid cosmetic composition so as to heat said piece in a localized manner so as essentially to soften only said outer surface, in particular with a view to lowering it; the dynamic coefficient of friction, and
- appliquer ensuite la composition ainsi réchauffée sur la région à traiter, ladite composition comprenant une teneur supérieure ou égale 10 % en poids d'huile(s) brillante(s), par rapport au poids total de la composition, ladite huile brillante étant une huile hydrocarbonée ou siliconée de masse moléculaire supérieure ou égale à 400 g/mol.then applying the composition thus heated to the region to be treated, said composition comprising a content greater than or equal to 10% by weight of glossy oil (s), relative to the total weight of the composition, said glossy oil being a hydrocarbon or silicone oil with a molecular mass greater than or equal to 400 g / mol.
3. Procédé selon la revendication précédente, dans lequel l'huile brillante est choisie parmi les huiles de masse molaire élevée ayant, en particulier, une masse molaire allant de 500 à environ 10 000 g/mol, en particulier de 500 à 8 000 g/mol, et plus particulièrement de 550 à 7500 g/mol.3. Process according to the preceding claim, in which the glossy oil is chosen from oils of high molar mass having, in particular, a molar mass ranging from 500 to approximately 10,000 g / mol, in particular from 500 to 8000 g. mol, and more particularly from 550 to 7500 g / mol.
4. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, dans lequel la composition comprend une huile brillante hydrocarbonée choisi parmi les polymères lipophiles tels que les polybutylènes, les polyisobutylènes hydrogénés, les polydécènes et les polydécènes hydrogénés, les copolymères de la vinylpyrrolidone ; les esters tels que les esters d'acides gras linéaires ayant un nombre total de carbone allant de 35 à 70, les esters hydroxylés, les esters aromatiques, les esters d'alcool gras ou d'acides gras ramifiés en C24-C28, un polyester résultant de l'estérification d'au moins un triglycéride d'acide(s) carboxylique(s) hydroxylé(s) par un acide monocarboxylique aliphatique et par un acide dicarboxylique aliphatique, éventuellement insaturé, les esters de dimère diol et de dimère diacide de formule générale HO-RλC-OCO-PΛCOO-RλVOH, dans laquelle :4. Method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the composition comprises a hydrocarbon-based glossy oil chosen from lipophilic polymers such as polybutylenes, hydrogenated polyisobutylenes, polydecenes and hydrogenated polydecenes, copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone; esters such as linear fatty acid esters having a total carbon number ranging from 35 to 70, hydroxylated esters, aromatic esters, esters of branched fatty alcohol or C24-C28 fatty acids, a polyester resulting from the esterification of at least one carboxylic acid (s) triglyceride (s) hydroxylated with an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid and an optionally unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic acid, the esters of diol dimer and diacid dimer general formula HO-RλC-OCO-PΛCOO-RλVOH, in which:
R1 représente un reste de dimère diol obtenu par hydrogénation du diacide dilinoléique R2 représente un reste de diacide dilinoléique hydrogéné, et h représente un entier variant de 1 à 9 ; les huiles d'origine végétale telles que par exemple l'huile de sésame (MW=820 g/mol), et leurs mélanges, ou encore un oligomère de triglycéride d'acide gras hydroxylé et de diacide saturé.R 1 represents a residue of diol dimer obtained by hydrogenation of dilinoleic diacid R 2 represents a hydrogenated dilinoleic diacid residue, and h represents an integer ranging from 1 to 9; oils of vegetable origin, such as, for example, sesame oil (MW = 820 g / mol), and mixtures thereof, or else an oligomer of triglyceride of hydroxylated fatty acid and of saturated diacid.
5. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, dans lequel la composition comprend une teneur en huile(s)) brillante(s) allant de 10 à 80 %, par exemple de 15 à 70 % en poids, de préférence de 20 à 60 % et de façon encore plus préférée de 25 à 60 % en poids, voire 30 à 60 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition.5. A process according to any one of the preceding claims wherein the composition comprises a gloss oil content (s) ranging from 10 to 80%, for example from 15 to 70% by weight, preferably from 20 to 70% by weight. at 60% and even more preferably from 25 to 60% by weight, or even 30 to 60% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
6. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, dans lequel la composition contient au moins une huile brillante, notamment à raison d'au moins 10 % en poids en association avec au moins une huile fluide à raison de moins de 30 % en poids, en particulier moins de 20 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition.6. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the composition contains at least one glossy oil, in particular at least 10% by weight in combination with at least one fluid oil in a proportion of less than 30% by weight. weight, in particular less than 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
7. Procédé selon la revendication précédente, dans lequel l'huile fluide est choisie parmi les huiles de masse molaire inférieure à 400 g/mol, en particulier variant de7. Process according to the preceding claim, in which the fluid oil is chosen from oils with a molar mass of less than 400 g / mol, in particular ranging from
100 à 390 g/mol.100 to 390 g / mol.
8. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, dans lequel la composition cosmétique solide présente une dureté supérieure ou égale à 80 Nm"1 à 20 0C, de préférence supérieure ou égale 100 Nm"1, mieux supérieure ou égale à 120 Nm"1.8. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the solid cosmetic composition has a hardness greater than or equal to 80 Nm- 1 at 20 ° C., preferably greater than or equal to 100 Nm -1 , better still greater than or equal to 120 ° C. Nm "1 .
9. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, dans lequel le coefficient de frottement dynamique est, à la température à laquelle la composition est chauffée, inférieur ou égal à 0,45, mieux à 0,4.9. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the coefficient of dynamic friction is, at the temperature at which the composition is heated, less than or equal to 0.45, more preferably 0.4.
10. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, dans lequel la composition est sous forme de bâtonnet, notamment de diamètre supérieur ou égal à 8 mm.10. Process according to any one of the preceding claims, in which the composition is in the form of a rod, in particular with a diameter greater than or equal to 8 mm.
11. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, dans lequel le procédé est un procédé de maquillage et par exemple la composition est un rouge à lèvres. 11. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the process is a makeup process and for example the composition is a lipstick.
12. Kit comportant :12. Kit comprising:
- une composition telle que définie dans l'une quelconque des revendications précédentes, et - un dispositif de chauffage permettant de chauffer localement une surface d'un morceau de ladite composition. a composition as defined in any one of the preceding claims, and - A heating device for locally heating a surface of a piece of said composition.
EP09740365A 2008-07-24 2009-07-22 Cosmetic heat treatment method Withdrawn EP2312969A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR0855085A FR2934129B1 (en) 2008-07-24 2008-07-24 COSMETIC TREATMENT PROCESS.
US9639308P 2008-09-12 2008-09-12
PCT/FR2009/051477 WO2010010304A2 (en) 2008-07-24 2009-07-22 Cosmetic heat treatment method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP2312969A2 true EP2312969A2 (en) 2011-04-27

Family

ID=40445723

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP09740362A Withdrawn EP2299865A2 (en) 2008-07-24 2009-07-22 Cosmetic heating process involving a semi-crystalline polymer
EP09740366A Withdrawn EP2312970A2 (en) 2008-07-24 2009-07-22 Cosmetic heat treatment method using structuring agent
EP09740365A Withdrawn EP2312969A2 (en) 2008-07-24 2009-07-22 Cosmetic heat treatment method

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP09740362A Withdrawn EP2299865A2 (en) 2008-07-24 2009-07-22 Cosmetic heating process involving a semi-crystalline polymer
EP09740366A Withdrawn EP2312970A2 (en) 2008-07-24 2009-07-22 Cosmetic heat treatment method using structuring agent

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US8911714B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2299865A2 (en)
KR (4) KR20110034018A (en)
CN (1) CN102123629A (en)
FR (1) FR2934129B1 (en)
WO (6) WO2010010301A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2934493B1 (en) * 2008-08-01 2010-09-17 Oreal PROCESS FOR THE TATING OF HUMAN KERATIN FIBERS
US20120039972A1 (en) * 2009-05-08 2012-02-16 Rohto Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Oily composition and rod-shaped preparation
WO2011071148A1 (en) * 2009-12-11 2011-06-16 株式会社 資生堂 Lip cosmetic
US8267099B2 (en) * 2010-01-29 2012-09-18 Yong Hoon Cho Heated eyelash groomer
FR2960137B1 (en) 2010-05-18 2015-11-13 Oreal DEVICE AND METHOD FOR APPLYING A COSMETIC PRODUCT
CN107375019A (en) 2010-09-20 2017-11-24 欧莱雅 Aqueous cosmetic composition comprising alkylcellulose
JP5567215B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2014-08-06 ロレアル Aqueous cosmetic composition comprising alkylcellulose
KR200465823Y1 (en) * 2011-05-23 2013-03-12 (주)아모레퍼시픽 Cosmetics container having function of heating contents
CN103381019A (en) * 2011-12-31 2013-11-06 深圳市通产丽星股份有限公司 Packaging container
FR2985178B1 (en) 2012-01-02 2014-01-31 Oreal AQUEOUS COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING ALKYLCELLULOSE, NON-VOLATILE OILS, A PARTICULAR WAX AND A SURFACTANT
FR2985176B1 (en) 2012-01-02 2015-05-29 Oreal AQUEOUS LIQUID COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING ALKYLCELLULOSE, NON-VOLATILE OILS AND AT LEAST ONE SURFACTANT
FR2985174B1 (en) 2012-01-02 2014-03-07 Oreal AQUEOUS COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING ALKYLCELLULOSE, NON-VOLATILE OILS, AT LEAST ONE WAX AND AT LEAST ONE PARTICULAR HYDROPHILIC GELIFIER
FR2985180B1 (en) 2012-01-02 2020-06-19 L'oreal WATER-IN-OIL EMULSION COMPRISING ALKYLCELLULOSE, NON-VOLATILE OILS, AND AT LEAST ONE SURFACTANT
FR2985175B1 (en) 2012-01-02 2015-11-06 Oreal AQUEOUS COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING ALKYLCELLULOSE, NON-VOLATILE OILS, AT LEAST ONE WAX AND AT LEAST ONE GEMINE SURFACTANT
WO2014097258A2 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-06-26 L'oreal Aqueous cosmetic composition comprising alkylcellulose
JP7113506B2 (en) * 2018-09-18 2022-08-05 株式会社トキワ Coating material

Family Cites Families (78)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2676182A (en) 1950-09-13 1954-04-20 Dow Corning Copolymeric siloxanes and methods of preparing them
US3148125A (en) * 1961-03-22 1964-09-08 Yardley Of London Inc Clear lipstick
US3645705A (en) 1970-03-03 1972-02-29 Kolar Lab Inc Transparent combustible material suitable for candle bodies
US3627851A (en) * 1970-10-23 1971-12-14 Dow Corning Flexible coating composition
BE786656A (en) 1971-07-30 1973-01-24 Ici Ltd SILOXANES
GB8528604D0 (en) 1985-11-20 1985-12-24 Ejectoret Ltd Treatment of cosmetic &c sticks
DE3717073A1 (en) 1987-05-21 1988-12-08 Wacker Chemie Gmbh SILICONE RESIN POWDER AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
US5082706A (en) 1988-11-23 1992-01-21 Dow Corning Corporation Pressure sensitive adhesive/release liner laminate
GB8906626D0 (en) 1989-03-22 1989-05-04 Dow Corning Method of making organosiloxane resins
US5221534A (en) 1989-04-26 1993-06-22 Pennzoil Products Company Health and beauty aid compositions
US5156911A (en) 1989-05-11 1992-10-20 Landec Labs Inc. Skin-activated temperature-sensitive adhesive assemblies
FR2679444B1 (en) 1991-07-25 1995-04-07 Oreal USE AS OIL THICKENING AGENTS, IN AN OILY COSMETIC COMPOSITION, OF A COMBINATION OF TWO COPOLYMERS.
US5248739A (en) 1991-10-18 1993-09-28 Dow Corning Corporation Silicone pressure sensitive adhesives having enhanced adhesion to low energy substrates
DK0542669T3 (en) 1991-11-04 1997-10-20 Chimie Ind Sa Soc Nouv Process for producing pigments, especially fluorescent pigments.
ES2100388T3 (en) 1992-05-26 1997-06-16 Hoechst Ag PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING POLYOLEFIN WAXES.
US5171096A (en) 1992-05-27 1992-12-15 Dominic Perrotti Holder for lipstick with movable covers
JP2666661B2 (en) 1992-06-18 1997-10-22 信越化学工業株式会社 Method for producing organopolysiloxane powder
US5319040A (en) 1993-03-12 1994-06-07 General Electric Company Method for making substantially silanol-free silicone resin powder, product and use
US5500209A (en) * 1994-03-17 1996-03-19 The Mennen Company Deodorant and antiperspirant compositions containing polyamide gelling agent
GB9418499D0 (en) 1994-09-14 1994-11-02 Ciba Geigy Ag Process for producing n-methylated organic pigments
US5872246A (en) 1994-10-17 1999-02-16 Aqualon Company Ethyl guar
DE19603357B4 (en) 1995-02-10 2004-09-23 General Electric Co. Low viscosity siloxysilicate resins with organic functional groups
EP0787731B1 (en) 1996-01-30 2002-08-07 Ciba SC Holding AG Polymerizable diketopyrrolopyrroles and polymers thereof
DE59704157D1 (en) 1996-01-30 2001-09-06 Ciba Sc Holding Ag Polymerizable diketopyrrolopyrroles and polymers made therewith
US5919441A (en) * 1996-04-01 1999-07-06 Colgate-Palmolive Company Cosmetic composition containing thickening agent of siloxane polymer with hydrogen-bonding groups
US5874069A (en) 1997-01-24 1999-02-23 Colgate-Palmolive Company Cosmetic composition containing silicon-modified amides as thickening agents and method of forming same
US5783657A (en) 1996-10-18 1998-07-21 Union Camp Corporation Ester-terminated polyamides of polymerized fatty acids useful in formulating transparent gels in low polarity liquids
DE19648895A1 (en) 1996-11-26 1998-05-28 Clariant Gmbh Polar modified polypropylene waxes
US5736125A (en) * 1997-01-10 1998-04-07 National Starch And Chemical Investment Holding Corporation Compositions containing copolymers as a thickening agent
FR2760607B1 (en) 1997-03-11 1999-04-23 Oreal DISTRIBUTOR FOR A DELITABLE PRODUCT
ES2209008T3 (en) 1997-07-11 2004-06-16 Clariant Gmbh PROCEDURE FOR OXIDATION OF POLYETHYLENE WAXES.
US6051216A (en) 1997-08-01 2000-04-18 Colgate-Palmolive Company Cosmetic composition containing siloxane based polyamides as thickening agents
US6274131B1 (en) * 1997-12-31 2001-08-14 L'oreal, S.A. Mascara comprising a mixture of hard waxes and of film-forming polymer
FR2776509B1 (en) 1998-03-31 2001-08-10 Oreal TOPICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING AN ESTER OF FATTY ACID OR ALCOHOL BRANCHED IN C24 TO C28
ES2207132T3 (en) 1998-04-21 2004-05-16 L'oreal COMPOSITION OF TOPICAL APPLICATION CONTAINING A COPOLYMER OF OLEFINS OF CONTROLLED CRYSTALLIZATION.
FR2780865B1 (en) 1998-07-10 2000-09-22 Oreal DEVICE FOR PACKAGING A PRODUCT IN THE FORM OF A GRAPE EQUIPPED WITH AN OVERPRESSURE ABSORBING MECHANISM
US5981680A (en) * 1998-07-13 1999-11-09 Dow Corning Corporation Method of making siloxane-based polyamides
KR100275500B1 (en) 1998-10-28 2000-12-15 정선종 Fabrication method of integrated high voltage power institute
FR2790924B1 (en) 1999-03-16 2001-05-25 Oreal DISTRIBUTOR WITH A PUSH-BUTTON RETURNED TO AN INITIAL POSITION BY AN ELASTIC BODY WORKING IN TRACTION
FR2792190B1 (en) 1999-04-16 2001-09-28 Sophim PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A NON-FATTY EMOLLIENT BASED ON WAX-ESTERS
US7101928B1 (en) 1999-09-17 2006-09-05 Landec Corporation Polymeric thickeners for oil-containing compositions
US6991782B2 (en) * 2000-06-19 2006-01-31 L'oréal Cosmetic compositions comprising at least one polymethylsilsesquioxane film former
US6478493B1 (en) * 2000-08-30 2002-11-12 Daniel Mario Cepeda Wax-stick hair removal device primarily for small areas of the face and body and method thereof
KR200230093Y1 (en) 2000-12-01 2001-07-04 김지수 Vibrating lipstick
EP1343454B1 (en) 2000-12-12 2009-12-09 L'oreal S.A. Cosmetic composition comprising a polymer and fibres
WO2002056847A1 (en) 2001-01-17 2002-07-25 L'oreal Cosmetic composition comprising a polymer and a fluorinated oil
FR2824264B1 (en) * 2001-05-04 2005-11-18 Oreal LIQUID FATTY-LIKE COMPOSITION GELIFIED BY A SEMI-CRYSTALLINE POLYMER
FR2824263B1 (en) * 2001-05-04 2005-11-18 Oreal LIQUID GRASSE COMPOSITION GELIFIED WITH A SEMI-CRYSTALLINE POLYMER CONTAINING A PARTICULATE PASTE
FR2825915B1 (en) 2001-06-14 2006-02-03 Oreal COMPOSITION BASED ON STRUCTURED SILICONE OIL IN RIGID FORM, IN PARTICULAR FOR COSMETIC USE
DE10150619A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-24 Beiersdorf Ag Solid water/oil emulsion, used as moisturizing, anti-wrinkle, anti-acne, cleansing, sun protection, after-sun, lip salve or decorative cosmetic stick contains oil, wax, moisturizer in aqueous phase and emulsifier
US6820768B2 (en) 2002-01-25 2004-11-23 Adhesive Technologies, Inc. Elongate hand held glue gun
US20030232030A1 (en) 2002-06-12 2003-12-18 L'oreal Compositions containing at least one oil structured with at least one silicone-polyamide polymer, and at least one gelling agent and methods of using the same
FR2845875B1 (en) 2002-10-16 2005-06-10 Oreal DEVICE COMPRISING A MECHANISM FOR DRIVING A STICK OR A MOBILE PISTON IN A BASE PART
US20050276767A1 (en) * 2002-10-18 2005-12-15 L'oreal Composition containing an oily phase and a naphthopyran dye, cosmetic treatment processes
FR2848422B1 (en) 2002-12-17 2009-07-03 Oreal TRANSPARENT OR TRANSLUCENT COSMETIC COMPOSITION OF CARE AND / OR MAKE-UP, STRUCTURED BY SILICONE POLYMERS
US20060120983A1 (en) 2002-12-17 2006-06-08 L'oreal Transparent or translucent care and/or make-up cosmetic composition structured with silicone polymers
US20040175338A1 (en) * 2003-03-06 2004-09-09 L'oreal Cosmetic composition containing an ester and a pasty compound
JP2004269531A (en) 2003-03-06 2004-09-30 L'oreal Sa Cosmetic composition containing ester and pasty compound
US20040241121A1 (en) * 2003-03-12 2004-12-02 Xavier Blin Cosmetic composition comprising at least one polyester resulting from esterification of at least one triglyceride of hydroxylated carboxylic acid(s) and also comprising at least one pasty compound
FR2853504B1 (en) * 2003-04-11 2005-05-20 Oreal PACKAGING AND APPLICATION ASSEMBLY OF A MAKE-UP AND / OR CARE PRODUCT
US7581100B2 (en) 2003-09-02 2009-08-25 Authernative, Inc. Key generation method for communication session encryption and authentication system
EP1711551B1 (en) 2004-02-02 2007-08-29 Dow Corning Corporation Mq-t propyl siloxane resins
US20050186166A1 (en) * 2004-02-23 2005-08-25 Patil Anjali A. Cosmetic compositions with silicone resin polymers
US20060191957A1 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-08-31 Hyperion Innovations Inc. Glue dispensing apparatus
US20060193801A1 (en) * 2005-01-31 2006-08-31 L'oreal Solid cosmetic composition textured with an organic copolymer
DE102005026278A1 (en) * 2005-06-08 2005-10-13 Clariant Gmbh Composition for use as a cosmetic or pharmaceutical, e.g. as a depilatory or peeling composition, comprises alkene homo- or co-polymer wax prepared by metallocene catalysis
FR2888498B1 (en) * 2005-07-13 2009-06-26 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION OF STICK TYPE
US7790148B2 (en) * 2005-09-02 2010-09-07 L'oreal Compositions containing silicone polymer, wax and volatile solvent
FR2894472B1 (en) 2005-12-08 2013-05-17 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING A DIMERDILINOLEIC ACID ESTER AND POLYOL (S) AND A SEMI-CRYSTALLINE POLYMER
JP2007269763A (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Kose Corp Oily cosmetic
US7753609B2 (en) 2006-06-07 2010-07-13 Elc Management Llc Cosmetic applicators containing heating elements
WO2008077002A2 (en) * 2006-12-18 2008-06-26 Avon Products, Inc. Self-contained voltage generating systems
US7989002B2 (en) * 2006-12-20 2011-08-02 Avon Products, Inc High gloss gel-based lipstick
PT2130044T (en) * 2007-02-16 2017-02-03 Genzyme Corp Method of identifying risk for thyroid disorder
FR2918272B1 (en) 2007-07-03 2010-09-24 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING A SILICONE POLYMER, A TACKIFYING RESIN, AND AT LEAST ONE SILICON RESIN
WO2009080957A2 (en) * 2007-12-05 2009-07-02 L'oreal Cosmetic make-up and/or care method using a siloxane resin and a semi-crystalline polymer
FR2926022B1 (en) 2008-01-08 2013-02-15 Oreal COSMETIC COMPOSITION, IN PARTICULAR OF MAKE-UP OF KERATINIC MATERIALS, WITH IMPROVED COSMETIC PROPERTIES.
FR2927782B1 (en) * 2008-02-22 2012-10-26 Oreal METHOD FOR APPLYING A COSMETIC PRODUCT ON THE SKIN OR LIPS AND DEVICES FOR IMPLEMENTING SUCH A METHOD

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2299865A2 (en) 2011-03-30
WO2010010306A2 (en) 2010-01-28
KR20110042191A (en) 2011-04-25
US20110318082A1 (en) 2011-12-29
US8945524B2 (en) 2015-02-03
WO2010010303A4 (en) 2010-07-08
WO2010010303A3 (en) 2010-04-29
WO2010010301A4 (en) 2010-07-08
FR2934129B1 (en) 2014-05-02
WO2010010303A2 (en) 2010-01-28
WO2010010301A3 (en) 2010-04-22
CN102123629A (en) 2011-07-13
WO2010010305A2 (en) 2010-01-28
WO2010010302A2 (en) 2010-01-28
WO2010010301A2 (en) 2010-01-28
WO2010010302A4 (en) 2010-07-15
WO2010010304A3 (en) 2010-05-20
US20110176852A1 (en) 2011-07-21
KR20140058656A (en) 2014-05-14
WO2010010305A3 (en) 2010-05-27
WO2010010305A4 (en) 2010-07-15
WO2010010304A4 (en) 2010-07-15
KR20110034018A (en) 2011-04-04
EP2312970A2 (en) 2011-04-27
KR20110044851A (en) 2011-05-02
WO2010010306A3 (en) 2010-04-29
FR2934129A1 (en) 2010-01-29
WO2010010302A3 (en) 2010-05-27
US8932565B2 (en) 2015-01-13
WO2010010306A4 (en) 2010-07-01
US8911714B2 (en) 2014-12-16
WO2010010304A2 (en) 2010-01-28
US20110168199A1 (en) 2011-07-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2312969A2 (en) Cosmetic heat treatment method
WO2010010295A2 (en) Long-lasting coloured cosmetic composition
FR2918272A1 (en) Cosmetic care/make-up composition, useful for make-up of skin, lips and/or integument, comprises a first resin comprising rosin/its derivatives and/or hydrocarbon resin, a silicone polyamide, and a second resin
FR2931673A1 (en) Cosmetic composition, useful e.g. in cosmetic product for care of keratin materials, preferably lips, comprises liquid polyester obtained by condensation of dimer and/or trimer of unsaturated fatty acid and diol, and volatile oil
FR2931670A1 (en) POLYESTER COMPOSITIONS IN A FATTY PHASE AND USES THEREOF.
FR2921266A1 (en) COSMETIC MAKE-UP AND / OR CARE COMPOSITION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE ESTER WAX AND EXCLUSIVE APOLAI OIL
EP2138151A2 (en) Cosmetic compositions for make-up and/or lip-care
FR2967910A1 (en) Cosmetic product, useful for making up and/or caring of skin/lips, comprises composition comprising silicone resin and polyamide silicone and composition comprising ethylenic copolymer and non-volatile hydrocarbon oil ester
EP2347751A1 (en) Heating cosmetic process with a specific polyester
EP2234586A2 (en) Cosmetic product, uses thereof and make-up kit containing said product
FR2925302A1 (en) Product, useful e.g. for make-up and/or care of lips, comprises first composition having primary fatty phase and moisturizing agent having e.g. polyhydric alcohol and second composition having second fatty phase and dye
FR2931672A1 (en) Cosmetic composition, useful in cosmetic product for care of keratin materials, preferably lips, comprises liquid polyester obtained by condensation of dimer and/or trimer of unsaturated fatty acid and diol, and solvent e.g. silicone oil
FR2931671A1 (en) COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING POLYESTER AND COLORING MATERIAL AND USES THEREOF
FR2943245A1 (en) Cosmetic composition, useful for makeup and/or care of keratin material such as skin or lips, and as lipstick, comprise at least one phenyl silicone oil and at least one wax comprising dicarboxylic acid diester and alcohol, in a medium
FR2894469A1 (en) BIOCHEMICAL COSMETIC PRODUCT COMPRISING A DIMERDILINOLEIC ACID ESTER AND POLYOL (S)
FR2943244A1 (en) Cosmetic composition, useful for makeup and/or care of keratin material such as skin or lips, and as lipstick, comprises association of polar oil with apolar oil, and wax comprising dicarboxylic acid diester and alcohol, in medium
FR2955489A1 (en) Make up and/or non-therapeutic care of non-fibrous human keratin materials e.g. skin, comprises contacting outer surface of piece of solid cosmetic composition with heating device and applying the outer surface of the composition
FR2968985A1 (en) Anhydrous cosmetic product, useful for make up and/or care of lips, comprises shell composition comprising wax and a core composition different from shell composition, comprising pasty fatty substance and wax
FR2921265A1 (en) Cosmetic care composition useful e.g.in solid color foundation,comprises fatty phase comprising apolar wax, a wax ester, and filler comprising polyurethane particles
WO2009081070A2 (en) Cosmetic product, uses thereof and make-up kit containing said product
FR2921263A1 (en) Cosmetic composition, useful for make-up and/or care of skin, lips and/or integuments, comprises fatty phase comprising alkyl stearate as wax, where the composition comprises polyethylene wax/totally devoid of polyethylene wax
FR2957257A1 (en) Method for make up and/or care of skin and/or lips, comprises contacting the skin and/or lips with at least one layer of a composition comprising e.g. at least one colorant, and artificially accelerating the drying of the deposit
FR2966359A1 (en) Composition, useful for make up and/or care of lips or skin, comprises an ethylcellulose, volatile hydrocarbon oil comprising e.g. ether and/or carbonate and a non volatile oil comprising e.g. ester and/or apolar hydrocarbon oil
FR2925301A1 (en) Cosmetic product, useful for make-up/care of keratin materials, comprises first and second compositions, where the first composition comprises fatty phase and moisturizer, and second composition comprises e.g. fatty phase and volatile oil
FR2940069A1 (en) Cosmetic composition, useful for care and/or makeup of keratin materials, preferably lips, comprises a polyalphaolefin from the polymerization of alpha-olefins, and an octyldodecanol, in a medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20110118

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: AL BA RS

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20151223

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20170822